src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 /*
  13     TODO:
  14
  15     - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay
  16     - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw()
  17     - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess.
  18     - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns.
  19  */
  20
  21 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  22 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  23
  24 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  25     #pragma hdrstop
  26 #endif
  27
  28 #if wxUSE_GRID
  29
  30 #include "wx/grid.h"
  31
  32 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  33     #include "wx/utils.h"
  34     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  35     #include "wx/settings.h"
  36     #include "wx/log.h"
  37     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  38     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  39     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  40     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  41     #include "wx/intl.h"
  42     #include "wx/math.h"
  43     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  44 #endif
  45
  46 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  47 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  48 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  49 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  50 #include "wx/headerctrl.h"
  51
  52 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  53
  54 const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid";
  55
  56 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  57     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  58 #else
  59     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  60 #endif
  61
  62 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  63     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  64 #else
  65     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  66 #endif
  67
  68 // Required for wxIs... functions
  69 #include <ctype.h>
  70
  71 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  72 // array classes
  73 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  74
  75 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  76                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  77
  78 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  79 {
  80     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  81         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  82     {
  83         wxASSERT( attr );
  84     }
  85
  86     wxGridCellWithAttr(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  87         : coords(other.coords),
  88           attr(other.attr)
  89     {
  90         attr->IncRef();
  91     }
  92
  93     wxGridCellWithAttr& operator=(const wxGridCellWithAttr& other)
  94     {
  95         coords = other.coords;
  96         if (attr != other.attr)
  97         {
  98             attr->DecRef();
  99             attr = other.attr;
 100             attr->IncRef();
 101         }
 102         return *this;
 103     }
 104
 105     void ChangeAttr(wxGridCellAttr* new_attr)
 106     {
 107         if (attr != new_attr)
 108         {
 109             // "Delete" (i.e. DecRef) the old attribute.
 110             attr->DecRef();
 111             attr = new_attr;
 112             // Take ownership of the new attribute, i.e. no IncRef.
 113         }
 114     }
 115
 116     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
 117     {
 118         attr->DecRef();
 119     }
 120
 121     wxGridCellCoords coords;
 122     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
 123 };
 124
 125 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
 126                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 127
 128 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 129
 130 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 131 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 132
 133 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 134 // events
 135 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 136
 137 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
 138 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 139 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 140 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 141 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 142 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 143 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 144 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 145 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 146 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 147 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 148 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE)
 149 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT)
 150 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 151 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 152 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 153 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 154 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 155 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 156
 157 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 158 // private classes
 159 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 160
 161 // header column providing access to the column information stored in wxGrid
 162 // via wxHeaderColumn interface
 163 class wxGridHeaderColumn : public wxHeaderColumn
 164 {
 165 public:
 166     wxGridHeaderColumn(wxGrid *grid, int col)
 167         : m_grid(grid),
 168           m_col(col)
 169     {
 170     }
 171
 172     virtual wxString GetTitle() const { return m_grid->GetColLabelValue(m_col); }
 173     virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return wxNullBitmap; }
 174     virtual int GetWidth() const { return m_grid->GetColSize(m_col); }
 175     virtual int GetMinWidth() const { return 0; }
 176     virtual wxAlignment GetAlignment() const
 177     {
 178         int horz,
 179             vert;
 180         m_grid->GetColLabelAlignment(&horz, &vert);
 181
 182         return static_cast<wxAlignment>(horz);
 183     }
 184
 185     virtual int GetFlags() const
 186     {
 187         // we can't know in advance whether we can sort by this column or not
 188         // with wxGrid API so suppose we can by default
 189         int flags = wxCOL_SORTABLE;
 190         if ( m_grid->CanDragColSize() )
 191             flags |= wxCOL_RESIZABLE;
 192         if ( m_grid->CanDragColMove() )
 193             flags |= wxCOL_REORDERABLE;
 194         if ( GetWidth() == 0 )
 195             flags |= wxCOL_HIDDEN;
 196
 197         return flags;
 198     }
 199
 200     virtual bool IsSortKey() const
 201     {
 202         return m_grid->IsSortingBy(m_col);
 203     }
 204
 205     virtual bool IsSortOrderAscending() const
 206     {
 207         return m_grid->IsSortOrderAscending();
 208     }
 209
 210 private:
 211     // these really should be const but are not because the column needs to be
 212     // assignable to be used in a wxVector (in STL build, in non-STL build we
 213     // avoid the need for this)
 214     wxGrid *m_grid;
 215     int m_col;
 216 };
 217
 218 // header control retreiving column information from the grid
 219 class wxGridHeaderCtrl : public wxHeaderCtrl
 220 {
 221 public:
 222     wxGridHeaderCtrl(wxGrid *owner)
 223         : wxHeaderCtrl(owner,
 224                        wxID_ANY,
 225                        wxDefaultPosition,
 226                        wxDefaultSize,
 227                        wxHD_ALLOW_HIDE |
 228                        (owner->CanDragColMove() ? wxHD_ALLOW_REORDER : 0))
 229     {
 230     }
 231
 232 protected:
 233     virtual wxHeaderColumn& GetColumn(unsigned int idx)
 234     {
 235         return m_columns[idx];
 236     }
 237
 238 private:
 239     wxGrid *GetOwner() const { return static_cast<wxGrid *>(GetParent()); }
 240
 241     // override the base class method to update our m_columns array
 242     virtual void OnColumnCountChanging(unsigned int count)
 243     {
 244         const unsigned countOld = m_columns.size();
 245         if ( count < countOld )
 246         {
 247             // just discard the columns which don't exist any more (notice that
 248             // we can't use resize() here as it would require the vector
 249             // value_type, i.e. wxGridHeaderColumn to be default constructible,
 250             // which it is not)
 251             m_columns.erase(m_columns.begin() + count, m_columns.end());
 252         }
 253         else // new columns added
 254         {
 255             // add columns for the new elements
 256             for ( unsigned n = countOld; n < count; n++ )
 257                 m_columns.push_back(wxGridHeaderColumn(GetOwner(), n));
 258         }
 259     }
 260
 261     // override to implement column auto sizing
 262     virtual bool UpdateColumnWidthToFit(unsigned int idx, int widthTitle)
 263     {
 264         // TODO: currently grid doesn't support computing the column best width
 265         //       from its contents so we just use the best label width as is
 266         GetOwner()->SetColSize(idx, widthTitle);
 267
 268         return true;
 269     }
 270
 271     // overridden to react to the actions using the columns popup menu
 272     virtual void UpdateColumnVisibility(unsigned int idx, bool show)
 273     {
 274         GetOwner()->SetColSize(idx, show ? wxGRID_AUTOSIZE : 0);
 275
 276         // as this is done by the user we should notify the main program about
 277         // it
 278         GetOwner()->SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, idx);
 279     }
 280
 281     // overridden to react to the columns order changes in the customization
 282     // dialog
 283     virtual void UpdateColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order)
 284     {
 285         GetOwner()->SetColumnsOrder(order);
 286     }
 287
 288
 289     // event handlers forwarding wxHeaderCtrl events to wxGrid
 290     void OnClick(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 291     {
 292         GetOwner()->DoColHeaderClick(event.GetColumn());
 293     }
 294
 295     void OnBeginResize(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 296     {
 297         GetOwner()->DoStartResizeCol(event.GetColumn());
 298
 299         event.Skip();
 300     }
 301
 302     void OnResizing(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 303     {
 304         GetOwner()->DoUpdateResizeColWidth(event.GetWidth());
 305     }
 306
 307     void OnEndResize(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 308     {
 309         GetOwner()->DoEndDragResizeCol();
 310
 311         event.Skip();
 312     }
 313
 314     void OnBeginReorder(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 315     {
 316         GetOwner()->DoStartMoveCol(event.GetColumn());
 317     }
 318
 319     void OnEndReorder(wxHeaderCtrlEvent& event)
 320     {
 321         GetOwner()->DoEndMoveCol(event.GetNewOrder());
 322     }
 323
 324     wxVector<wxGridHeaderColumn> m_columns;
 325
 326     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 327     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridHeaderCtrl)
 328 };
 329
 330 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl)
 331     EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick)
 332
 333     EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize)
 334     EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing)
 335     EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize)
 336
 337     EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder)
 338     EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder)
 339 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 340
 341 // common base class for various grid subwindows
 342 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridSubwindow : public wxWindow
 343 {
 344 public:
 345     wxGridSubwindow(wxGrid *owner,
 346                     int additionalStyle = 0,
 347                     const wxString& name = wxPanelNameStr)
 348         : wxWindow(owner, wxID_ANY,
 349                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 350                    wxBORDER_NONE | additionalStyle,
 351                    name)
 352     {
 353         m_owner = owner;
 354     }
 355
 356     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; }
 357
 358     wxGrid *GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 359
 360 protected:
 361     void OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& event);
 362
 363     wxGrid *m_owner;
 364
 365     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 366     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridSubwindow)
 367 };
 368
 369 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 370 {
 371 public:
 372     wxGridRowLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent)
 373       : wxGridSubwindow(parent)
 374     {
 375     }
 376
 377
 378 private:
 379     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 380     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 381     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 382
 383     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 384     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 385 };
 386
 387
 388 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 389 {
 390 public:
 391     wxGridColLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent)
 392         : wxGridSubwindow(parent)
 393     {
 394     }
 395
 396
 397 private:
 398     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 399     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 400     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 401
 402     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 403     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 404 };
 405
 406
 407 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 408 {
 409 public:
 410     wxGridCornerLabelWindow(wxGrid *parent)
 411         : wxGridSubwindow(parent)
 412     {
 413     }
 414
 415 private:
 416     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 417     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 418     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 419
 420     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 421     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 422 };
 423
 424 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxGridSubwindow
 425 {
 426 public:
 427     wxGridWindow(wxGrid *parent)
 428         : wxGridSubwindow(parent,
 429                           wxWANTS_CHARS | wxCLIP_CHILDREN,
 430                           "GridWindow")
 431     {
 432     }
 433
 434
 435     virtual void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 436
 437     virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; }
 438
 439 private:
 440     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 441     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 442     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 443     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 444     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 445     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 446     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 447     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 448
 449     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 450     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 451 };
 452
 453
 454 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 455 {
 456 public:
 457     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 458         : m_grid(grid),
 459           m_editor(editor),
 460           m_inSetFocus(false)
 461     {
 462     }
 463
 464     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 465     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 466     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 467
 468     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 469
 470 private:
 471     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 472     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 473
 474     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 475     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 476     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 477
 478     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 479     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 480     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 481 };
 482
 483
 484 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 485
 486 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 487     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 488     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 489     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 490 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 491
 492
 493 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 494 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 495 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 496
 497 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 498 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 499 {
 500 public:
 501     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 502     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 503     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 504     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 505
 506 private:
 507     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 508     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 509
 510     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 511 };
 512
 513 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 514 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 515 {
 516 public:
 517     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 518     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 519     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 520
 521     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 522     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 523     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 524
 525 private:
 526     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 527     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 528 };
 529
 530 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 531 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 532 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 533 {
 534 public:
 535     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 536     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 537                            m_colAttrs;
 538 };
 539
 540
 541 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 542 // data structures used for the data type registry
 543 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 544
 545 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 546 {
 547     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 548                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 549                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 550         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 551         {}
 552
 553     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 554     {
 555         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 556         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 557     }
 558
 559     wxString            m_typeName;
 560     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 561     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 562
 563     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 564 };
 565
 566
 567 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 568                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 569
 570
 571 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 572 {
 573 public:
 574     wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 575     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 576
 577     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 578                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 579                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 580
 581     // find one of already registered data types
 582     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 583
 584     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 585     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 586     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 587
 588     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 589     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 590     // registered data type and set params for it
 591     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 592
 593     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 594     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 595
 596 private:
 597     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 598 };
 599
 600 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 601 // operations classes abstracting the difference between operating on rows and
 602 // columns
 603 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 604
 605 // This class allows to write a function only once because by using its methods
 606 // it will apply to both columns and rows.
 607 //
 608 // This is an abstract interface definition, the two concrete implementations
 609 // below should be used when working with rows and columns respectively.
 610 class wxGridOperations
 611 {
 612 public:
 613     // Returns the operations in the other direction, i.e. wxGridRowOperations
 614     // if this object is a wxGridColumnOperations and vice versa.
 615     virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const = 0;
 616
 617     // Return the number of rows or columns.
 618     virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 619
 620     // Return the selection mode which allows selecting rows or columns.
 621     virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const = 0;
 622
 623     // Make a wxGridCellCoords from the given components: thisDir is row or
 624     // column and otherDir is column or row
 625     virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const = 0;
 626
 627     // Calculate the scrolled position of the given abscissa or ordinate.
 628     virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const = 0;
 629
 630     // Selects the horizontal or vertical component from the given object.
 631     virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0;
 632     virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const = 0;
 633     virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const = 0;
 634     virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const = 0;
 635     virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const = 0;
 636
 637     // Returns width or height of the rectangle
 638     virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const = 0;
 639
 640     // Make a wxSize such that Select() applied to it returns first component
 641     virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const = 0;
 642
 643     // Sets the row or column component of the given cell coordinates
 644     virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const = 0;
 645
 646
 647     // Draws a line parallel to the row or column, i.e. horizontal or vertical:
 648     // pos is the horizontal or vertical position of the line and start and end
 649     // are the coordinates of the line extremities in the other direction
 650     virtual void
 651         DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const = 0;
 652
 653     // Draw a horizontal or vertical line across the given rectangle
 654     // (this is implemented in terms of above and uses Select() to extract
 655     // start and end from the given rectangle)
 656     void DrawParallelLineInRect(wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int pos) const
 657     {
 658         const int posStart = Select(rect.GetPosition());
 659         DrawParallelLine(dc, posStart, posStart + Select(rect.GetSize()), pos);
 660     }
 661
 662
 663     // Return the index of the row or column at the given pixel coordinate.
 664     virtual int
 665         PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const = 0;
 666
 667     // Get the top/left position, in pixels, of the given row or column
 668     virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0;
 669
 670     // Get the bottom/right position, in pixels, of the given row or column
 671     virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0;
 672
 673     // Get the height/width of the given row/column
 674     virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0;
 675
 676     // Get wxGrid::m_rowBottoms/m_colRights array
 677     virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 678
 679     // Get default height row height or column width
 680     virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 681
 682     // Return the minimal acceptable row height or column width
 683     virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 684
 685     // Return the minimal row height or column width
 686     virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0;
 687
 688     // Set the row height or column width
 689     virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const = 0;
 690
 691     // True if rows/columns can be resized by user
 692     virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 693
 694
 695     // Return the index of the line at the given position
 696     //
 697     // NB: currently this is always identity for the rows as reordering is only
 698     //     implemented for the lines
 699     virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const = 0;
 700
 701
 702     // Get the row or column label window
 703     virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 704
 705     // Get the width or height of the row or column label window
 706     virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const = 0;
 707
 708
 709     // This class is never used polymorphically but give it a virtual dtor
 710     // anyhow to suppress g++ complaints about it
 711     virtual ~wxGridOperations() { }
 712 };
 713
 714 class wxGridRowOperations : public wxGridOperations
 715 {
 716 public:
 717     virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const;
 718
 719     virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const
 720         { return grid->GetNumberRows(); }
 721
 722     virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const
 723         { return wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows; }
 724
 725     virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const
 726         { return wxGridCellCoords(thisDir, otherDir); }
 727
 728     virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const
 729         { return grid->CalcScrolledPosition(wxPoint(pos, 0)).x; }
 730
 731     virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const { return c.GetRow(); }
 732     virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const { return pt.x; }
 733     virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const { return sz.x; }
 734     virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const { return r.x; }
 735     virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const { return r.x; }
 736     virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const { return r.width; }
 737     virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const
 738         { return wxSize(first, second); }
 739     virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const
 740         { coords.SetRow(line); }
 741
 742     virtual void DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const
 743         { dc.DrawLine(start, pos, end, pos); }
 744
 745     virtual int PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const
 746         { return grid->YToRow(pos, clip); }
 747     virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 748         { return grid->GetRowTop(line); }
 749     virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 750         { return grid->GetRowBottom(line); }
 751     virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 752         { return grid->GetRowHeight(line); }
 753     virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const
 754         { return grid->m_rowBottoms; }
 755     virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const
 756         { return grid->GetDefaultRowSize(); }
 757     virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const
 758         { return grid->GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight(); }
 759     virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 760         { return grid->GetRowMinimalHeight(line); }
 761     virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const
 762         { grid->SetRowSize(line, size); }
 763     virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const
 764         { return grid->CanDragRowSize(); }
 765
 766     virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid * WXUNUSED(grid), int line) const
 767         { return line; } // TODO: implement row reordering
 768
 769     virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const
 770         { return grid->GetGridRowLabelWindow(); }
 771     virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const
 772         { return grid->GetRowLabelSize(); }
 773 };
 774
 775 class wxGridColumnOperations : public wxGridOperations
 776 {
 777 public:
 778     virtual wxGridOperations& Dual() const;
 779
 780     virtual int GetNumberOfLines(const wxGrid *grid) const
 781         { return grid->GetNumberCols(); }
 782
 783     virtual wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes GetSelectionMode() const
 784         { return wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns; }
 785
 786     virtual wxGridCellCoords MakeCoords(int thisDir, int otherDir) const
 787         { return wxGridCellCoords(otherDir, thisDir); }
 788
 789     virtual int CalcScrolledPosition(wxGrid *grid, int pos) const
 790         { return grid->CalcScrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, pos)).y; }
 791
 792     virtual int Select(const wxGridCellCoords& c) const { return c.GetCol(); }
 793     virtual int Select(const wxPoint& pt) const { return pt.y; }
 794     virtual int Select(const wxSize& sz) const { return sz.y; }
 795     virtual int Select(const wxRect& r) const { return r.y; }
 796     virtual int& Select(wxRect& r) const { return r.y; }
 797     virtual int& SelectSize(wxRect& r) const { return r.height; }
 798     virtual wxSize MakeSize(int first, int second) const
 799         { return wxSize(second, first); }
 800     virtual void Set(wxGridCellCoords& coords, int line) const
 801         { coords.SetCol(line); }
 802
 803     virtual void DrawParallelLine(wxDC& dc, int start, int end, int pos) const
 804         { dc.DrawLine(pos, start, pos, end); }
 805
 806     virtual int PosToLine(const wxGrid *grid, int pos, bool clip = false) const
 807         { return grid->XToCol(pos, clip); }
 808     virtual int GetLineStartPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 809         { return grid->GetColLeft(line); }
 810     virtual int GetLineEndPos(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 811         { return grid->GetColRight(line); }
 812     virtual int GetLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 813         { return grid->GetColWidth(line); }
 814     virtual const wxArrayInt& GetLineEnds(const wxGrid *grid) const
 815         { return grid->m_colRights; }
 816     virtual int GetDefaultLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const
 817         { return grid->GetDefaultColSize(); }
 818     virtual int GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(const wxGrid *grid) const
 819         { return grid->GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth(); }
 820     virtual int GetMinimalLineSize(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 821         { return grid->GetColMinimalWidth(line); }
 822     virtual void SetLineSize(wxGrid *grid, int line, int size) const
 823         { grid->SetColSize(line, size); }
 824     virtual bool CanResizeLines(const wxGrid *grid) const
 825         { return grid->CanDragColSize(); }
 826
 827     virtual int GetLineAt(const wxGrid *grid, int line) const
 828         { return grid->GetColAt(line); }
 829
 830     virtual wxWindow *GetHeaderWindow(wxGrid *grid) const
 831         { return grid->GetGridColLabelWindow(); }
 832     virtual int GetHeaderWindowSize(wxGrid *grid) const
 833         { return grid->GetColLabelSize(); }
 834 };
 835
 836 wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const
 837 {
 838     static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper;
 839
 840     return s_colOper;
 841 }
 842
 843 wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const
 844 {
 845     static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper;
 846
 847     return s_rowOper;
 848 }
 849
 850 // This class abstracts the difference between operations going forward
 851 // (down/right) and backward (up/left) and allows to use the same code for
 852 // functions which differ only in the direction of grid traversal
 853 //
 854 // Like wxGridOperations it's an ABC with two concrete subclasses below. Unlike
 855 // it, this is a normal object and not just a function dispatch table and has a
 856 // non-default ctor.
 857 //
 858 // Note: the explanation of this discrepancy is the existence of (very useful)
 859 // Dual() method in wxGridOperations which forces us to make wxGridOperations a
 860 // function dispatcher only.
 861 class wxGridDirectionOperations
 862 {
 863 public:
 864     // The oper parameter to ctor selects whether we work with rows or columns
 865     wxGridDirectionOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper)
 866         : m_grid(grid),
 867           m_oper(oper)
 868     {
 869     }
 870
 871     // Check if the component of this point in our direction is at the
 872     // boundary, i.e. is the first/last row/column
 873     virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0;
 874
 875     // Increment the component of this point in our direction
 876     virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const = 0;
 877
 878     // Find the line at the given distance, in pixels, away from this one
 879     // (this uses clipping, i.e. anything after the last line is counted as the
 880     // last one and anything before the first one as 0)
 881     virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const = 0;
 882
 883     // This class is never used polymorphically but give it a virtual dtor
 884     // anyhow to suppress g++ complaints about it
 885     virtual ~wxGridDirectionOperations() { }
 886
 887 protected:
 888     wxGrid * const m_grid;
 889     const wxGridOperations& m_oper;
 890 };
 891
 892 class wxGridBackwardOperations : public wxGridDirectionOperations
 893 {
 894 public:
 895     wxGridBackwardOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper)
 896         : wxGridDirectionOperations(grid, oper)
 897     {
 898     }
 899
 900     virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const
 901     {
 902         wxASSERT_MSG( m_oper.Select(coords) >= 0, "invalid row/column" );
 903
 904         return m_oper.Select(coords) == 0;
 905     }
 906
 907     virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const
 908     {
 909         wxASSERT( !IsAtBoundary(coords) );
 910
 911         m_oper.Set(coords, m_oper.Select(coords) - 1);
 912     }
 913
 914     virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const
 915     {
 916         int pos = m_oper.GetLineStartPos(m_grid, line);
 917         return m_oper.PosToLine(m_grid, pos - distance + 1, true);
 918     }
 919 };
 920
 921 class wxGridForwardOperations : public wxGridDirectionOperations
 922 {
 923 public:
 924     wxGridForwardOperations(wxGrid *grid, const wxGridOperations& oper)
 925         : wxGridDirectionOperations(grid, oper),
 926           m_numLines(oper.GetNumberOfLines(grid))
 927     {
 928     }
 929
 930     virtual bool IsAtBoundary(const wxGridCellCoords& coords) const
 931     {
 932         wxASSERT_MSG( m_oper.Select(coords) < m_numLines, "invalid row/column" );
 933
 934         return m_oper.Select(coords) == m_numLines - 1;
 935     }
 936
 937     virtual void Advance(wxGridCellCoords& coords) const
 938     {
 939         wxASSERT( !IsAtBoundary(coords) );
 940
 941         m_oper.Set(coords, m_oper.Select(coords) + 1);
 942     }
 943
 944     virtual int MoveByPixelDistance(int line, int distance) const
 945     {
 946         int pos = m_oper.GetLineStartPos(m_grid, line);
 947         return m_oper.PosToLine(m_grid, pos + distance, true);
 948     }
 949
 950 private:
 951     const int m_numLines;
 952 };
 953
 954 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 955 // globals
 956 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 957
 958 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 959 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 960     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 961     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 962 #endif
 963
 964 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 965 // constants
 966 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 967
 968 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 969 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 970
 971 namespace
 972 {
 973
 974 // scroll line size
 975 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;
 976 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 977
 978 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 979 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 980 const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 981
 982 // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag
 983 // operation
 984 const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3;
 985
 986 } // anonymous namespace
 987
 988 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 989 // private helpers
 990 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 991
 992 namespace
 993 {
 994
 995 // ensure that first is less or equal to second, swapping the values if
 996 // necessary
 997 void EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(int& first, int& second)
 998 {
 999     if ( first > second )
1000         wxSwap(first, second);
1001 }
1002
1003 } // anonymous namespace
1004
1005 // ============================================================================
1006 // implementation
1007 // ============================================================================
1008
1009 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1010 // wxGridCellEditor
1011 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1012
1013 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
1014 {
1015     m_control = NULL;
1016     m_attr = NULL;
1017 }
1018
1019 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
1020 {
1021     Destroy();
1022 }
1023
1024 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
1025                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
1026                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1027 {
1028     if ( evtHandler )
1029         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
1030 }
1031
1032 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1033                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1034 {
1035     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
1036     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
1037     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
1038     if (gridWindow)
1039         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
1040
1041     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
1042     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour()));
1043     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
1044
1045     // redraw the control we just painted over
1046     m_control->Refresh();
1047 }
1048
1049 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
1050 {
1051     if (m_control)
1052     {
1053         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
1054
1055         m_control->Destroy();
1056         m_control = NULL;
1057     }
1058 }
1059
1060 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1061 {
1062     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1063
1064     m_control->Show(show);
1065
1066     if ( show )
1067     {
1068         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
1069         if ( attr )
1070         {
1071             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
1072             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
1073
1074             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
1075             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
1076
1077 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
1078 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
1079             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
1080             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
1081 #endif
1082
1083             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
1084             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
1085         }
1086     }
1087     else
1088     {
1089         // restore the standard colours fonts
1090         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
1091         {
1092             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
1093             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
1094         }
1095
1096         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
1097         {
1098             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
1099             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
1100         }
1101
1102 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
1103 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
1104         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
1105         {
1106             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
1107             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
1108         }
1109 #endif
1110     }
1111 }
1112
1113 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
1114 {
1115     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1116
1117     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
1118 }
1119
1120 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
1121 {
1122     event.Skip();
1123 }
1124
1125 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1126 {
1127     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
1128     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
1129
1130 #ifdef __WXMAC__
1131     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
1132     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
1133     alt = event.MetaDown();
1134 #endif
1135
1136     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
1137     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
1138     // through in that case.
1139     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
1140         return false;
1141
1142 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
1143     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
1144     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
1145     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
1146     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
1147     if ( event.GetUnicodeKey() > 127 && event.GetKeyCode() > 127 )
1148         return false;
1149 #else
1150     if ( event.GetKeyCode() > 255 )
1151         return false;
1152 #endif
1153
1154     return true;
1155 }
1156
1157 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1158 {
1159     event.Skip();
1160 }
1161
1162 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
1163 {
1164 }
1165
1166 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1167
1168 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1169 // wxGridCellTextEditor
1170 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1171
1172 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
1173 {
1174     m_maxChars = 0;
1175 }
1176
1177 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1178                                   wxWindowID id,
1179                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1180 {
1181     DoCreate(parent, id, evtHandler);
1182 }
1183
1184 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoCreate(wxWindow* parent,
1185                                     wxWindowID id,
1186                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler,
1187                                     long style)
1188 {
1189     style |= wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER | wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxNO_BORDER;
1190
1191     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1192                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1193                                style);
1194
1195     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
1196     if ( m_maxChars != 0 )
1197     {
1198         Text()->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
1199     }
1200
1201     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1202 }
1203
1204 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
1205                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
1206 {
1207     // as we fill the entire client area,
1208     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
1209 }
1210
1211 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
1212 {
1213     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
1214
1215     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
1216     //
1217     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
1218     //
1219 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
1220     if (rect.x != 0)
1221     {
1222         rect.x += 1;
1223         rect.y += 1;
1224         rect.width -= 1;
1225         rect.height -= 1;
1226     }
1227 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1228     if ( rect.x == 0 )
1229         rect.x += 2;
1230     else
1231         rect.x += 3;
1232
1233     if ( rect.y == 0 )
1234         rect.y += 2;
1235     else
1236         rect.y += 3;
1237
1238     rect.width -= 2;
1239     rect.height -= 2;
1240 #else
1241     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
1242     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
1243
1244     #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
1245         extra_x *= 2;
1246         extra_y *= 2;
1247     #endif
1248
1249     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
1250     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
1251     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
1252     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
1253 #endif
1254
1255     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
1256 }
1257
1258 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1259 {
1260     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1261
1262     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1263
1264     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
1265 }
1266
1267 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
1268 {
1269     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
1270     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1271     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
1272     Text()->SetFocus();
1273 }
1274
1275 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1276 {
1277     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1278
1279     bool changed = false;
1280     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
1281     if (value != m_startValue)
1282         changed = true;
1283
1284     if (changed)
1285         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1286
1287     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
1288
1289     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
1290     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1291
1292     return changed;
1293 }
1294
1295 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
1296 {
1297     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1298
1299     DoReset(m_startValue);
1300 }
1301
1302 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
1303 {
1304     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
1305     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1306 }
1307
1308 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1309 {
1310     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
1311 }
1312
1313 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1314 {
1315     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
1316     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
1317     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
1318     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
1319
1320     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
1321     wxChar ch;
1322     long pos;
1323
1324 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
1325     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
1326     if (ch <= 127)
1327         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
1328 #else
1329     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
1330 #endif
1331
1332     switch (ch)
1333     {
1334         case WXK_DELETE:
1335             // delete the character at the cursor
1336             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
1337             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
1338                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
1339             break;
1340
1341         case WXK_BACK:
1342             // delete the character before the cursor
1343             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
1344             if (pos > 0)
1345                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
1346             break;
1347
1348         default:
1349             tc->WriteText(ch);
1350             break;
1351     }
1352 }
1353
1354 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
1355                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
1356 {
1357 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
1358     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
1359     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
1360     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
1361     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
1362     Text()->SetValue(s);
1363     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
1364 #else
1365     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
1366     //
1367     event.Skip();
1368 #endif
1369 }
1370
1371 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1372 {
1373     if ( !params )
1374     {
1375         // reset to default
1376         m_maxChars = 0;
1377     }
1378     else
1379     {
1380         long tmp;
1381         if ( params.ToLong(&tmp) )
1382         {
1383             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
1384         }
1385         else
1386         {
1387             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
1388         }
1389     }
1390 }
1391
1392 // return the value in the text control
1393 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
1394 {
1395     return Text()->GetValue();
1396 }
1397
1398 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1399 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
1400 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1401
1402 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
1403 {
1404     m_min = min;
1405     m_max = max;
1406 }
1407
1408 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1409                                     wxWindowID id,
1410                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1411 {
1412 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1413     if ( HasRange() )
1414     {
1415         // create a spin ctrl
1416         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
1417                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1418                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
1419                                    m_min, m_max);
1420
1421         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1422     }
1423     else
1424 #endif
1425     {
1426         // just a text control
1427         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1428
1429 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1430         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1431 #endif
1432     }
1433 }
1434
1435 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1436 {
1437     // first get the value
1438     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1439     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1440     {
1441         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
1442     }
1443     else
1444     {
1445         m_valueOld = 0;
1446         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1447         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1448         {
1449             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
1450             return;
1451         }
1452     }
1453
1454 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1455     if ( HasRange() )
1456     {
1457         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
1458         Spin()->SetFocus();
1459     }
1460     else
1461 #endif
1462     {
1463         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1464     }
1465 }
1466
1467 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1468                                      wxGrid* grid)
1469 {
1470     long value = 0;
1471     wxString text;
1472
1473 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1474     if ( HasRange() )
1475     {
1476         value = Spin()->GetValue();
1477         if ( value == m_valueOld )
1478             return false;
1479
1480         text.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1481     }
1482     else // using unconstrained input
1483 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1484     {
1485         const wxString textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1486         text = Text()->GetValue();
1487         if ( text.empty() )
1488         {
1489             if ( textOld.empty() )
1490                 return false;
1491         }
1492         else // non-empty text now (maybe 0)
1493         {
1494             if ( !text.ToLong(&value) )
1495                 return false;
1496
1497             // if value == m_valueOld == 0 but old text was "" and new one is
1498             // "0" something still did change
1499             if ( value == m_valueOld && (value || !textOld.empty()) )
1500                 return false;
1501         }
1502     }
1503
1504     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1505     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1506         table->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
1507     else
1508         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1509
1510     return true;
1511 }
1512
1513 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
1514 {
1515 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1516     if ( HasRange() )
1517     {
1518         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
1519     }
1520     else
1521 #endif
1522     {
1523         DoReset(GetString());
1524     }
1525 }
1526
1527 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1528 {
1529     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1530     {
1531         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1532         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1533              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
1534         {
1535             return true;
1536         }
1537     }
1538
1539     return false;
1540 }
1541
1542 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1543 {
1544     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1545     if ( !HasRange() )
1546     {
1547         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
1548         {
1549             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1550
1551             // skip Skip() below
1552             return;
1553         }
1554     }
1555 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1556     else
1557     {
1558         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
1559         {
1560             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
1561             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
1562             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
1563             return;
1564         }
1565     }
1566 #endif
1567
1568     event.Skip();
1569 }
1570
1571 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1572 {
1573     if ( !params )
1574     {
1575         // reset to default
1576         m_min =
1577         m_max = -1;
1578     }
1579     else
1580     {
1581         long tmp;
1582         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1583         {
1584             m_min = (int)tmp;
1585
1586             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1587             {
1588                 m_max = (int)tmp;
1589
1590                 // skip the error message below
1591                 return;
1592             }
1593         }
1594
1595         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1596     }
1597 }
1598
1599 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1600 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1601 {
1602     wxString s;
1603
1604 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1605     if ( HasRange() )
1606     {
1607         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1608         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1609     }
1610     else
1611 #endif
1612     {
1613         s = Text()->GetValue();
1614     }
1615
1616     return s;
1617 }
1618
1619 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1620 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1621 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1622
1623 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1624 {
1625     m_width = width;
1626     m_precision = precision;
1627 }
1628
1629 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1630                                    wxWindowID id,
1631                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1632 {
1633     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1634
1635 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1636     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1637 #endif
1638 }
1639
1640 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1641 {
1642     // first get the value
1643     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1644     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1645     {
1646         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1647     }
1648     else
1649     {
1650         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1651
1652         const wxString value = table->GetValue(row, col);
1653         if ( !value.empty() )
1654         {
1655             if ( !value.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) )
1656             {
1657                 wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1658                 return;
1659             }
1660         }
1661     }
1662
1663     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1664 }
1665
1666 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1667 {
1668     const wxString text(Text()->GetValue()),
1669                    textOld(grid->GetCellValue(row, col));
1670
1671     double value;
1672     if ( !text.empty() )
1673     {
1674         if ( !text.ToDouble(&value) )
1675             return false;
1676     }
1677     else // new value is empty string
1678     {
1679         if ( textOld.empty() )
1680             return false;           // nothing changed
1681
1682         value = 0.;
1683     }
1684
1685     // the test for empty strings ensures that we don't skip the value setting
1686     // when "" is replaced by "0" or vice versa as "" numeric value is also 0.
1687     if ( wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) && !text.empty() && !textOld.empty() )
1688         return false;           // nothing changed
1689
1690     wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1691
1692     if ( table->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1693         table->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1694     else
1695         table->SetValue(row, col, text);
1696
1697     return true;
1698 }
1699
1700 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1701 {
1702     DoReset(GetString());
1703 }
1704
1705 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1706 {
1707     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1708     char tmpbuf[2];
1709     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1710     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1711     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1712
1713 #if wxUSE_INTL
1714     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1715        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1716 #else
1717     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1718 #endif
1719
1720     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1721          || is_decimal_point )
1722     {
1723         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1724
1725         // skip Skip() below
1726         return;
1727     }
1728
1729     event.Skip();
1730 }
1731
1732 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1733 {
1734     if ( !params )
1735     {
1736         // reset to default
1737         m_width =
1738         m_precision = -1;
1739     }
1740     else
1741     {
1742         long tmp;
1743         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1744         {
1745             m_width = (int)tmp;
1746
1747             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1748             {
1749                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1750
1751                 // skip the error message below
1752                 return;
1753             }
1754         }
1755
1756         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1757     }
1758 }
1759
1760 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1761 {
1762     wxString fmt;
1763     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1764     {
1765         // default precision
1766         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1767     }
1768     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1769     {
1770         // default width
1771         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1772     }
1773     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1774     {
1775         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1776     }
1777     else
1778     {
1779         // default width/precision
1780         fmt = _T("%f");
1781     }
1782
1783     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1784 }
1785
1786 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1787 {
1788     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1789     {
1790         const int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1791         if ( isascii(keycode) )
1792         {
1793             char tmpbuf[2];
1794             tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1795             tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1796             wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1797
1798 #if wxUSE_INTL
1799             const wxString decimalPoint =
1800                 wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER);
1801 #else
1802             const wxString decimalPoint(_T('.'));
1803 #endif
1804
1805             // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1806             if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) ||
1807                     tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1808                         keycode == decimalPoint ||
1809                             keycode == '+' ||
1810                                 keycode == '-' )
1811             {
1812                 return true;
1813             }
1814         }
1815     }
1816
1817     return false;
1818 }
1819
1820 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1821
1822 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1823
1824 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1825 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1826 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1827
1828 // the default values for GetValue()
1829 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::ms_stringValues[2] = { _T(""), _T("1") };
1830
1831 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1832                                   wxWindowID id,
1833                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1834 {
1835     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1836                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1837                                wxNO_BORDER);
1838
1839     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1840 }
1841
1842 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1843 {
1844     bool resize = false;
1845     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1846     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1847
1848     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1849     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1850     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1851     {
1852         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1853         size = sizeBest;
1854
1855         resize = true;
1856     }
1857
1858     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1859     {
1860         // leave 1 pixel margin
1861         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1862
1863         resize = true;
1864     }
1865
1866     if ( resize )
1867     {
1868         m_control->SetSize(size);
1869     }
1870
1871     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1872
1873 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1874     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1875     // so shift it to the right
1876     size.x -= 8;
1877 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1878     // here too, but in other way
1879     size.x += 1;
1880     size.y -= 2;
1881 #endif
1882
1883     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1884     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1885     if (GetCellAttr())
1886         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1887
1888     int x = 0, y = 0;
1889     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1890     {
1891         x = r.x + 2;
1892
1893 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1894         x += 2;
1895 #endif
1896
1897         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1898     }
1899     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1900     {
1901         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1902         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1903     }
1904     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1905     {
1906         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1907         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1908     }
1909
1910     m_control->Move(x, y);
1911 }
1912
1913 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1914 {
1915     m_control->Show(show);
1916
1917     if ( show )
1918     {
1919         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1920         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1921     }
1922 }
1923
1924 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1925 {
1926     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1927                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1928
1929     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1930     {
1931         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1932     }
1933     else
1934     {
1935         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1936
1937         if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[false] )
1938             m_startValue = false;
1939         else if ( cellval == ms_stringValues[true] )
1940             m_startValue = true;
1941         else
1942         {
1943             // do not try to be smart here and convert it to true or false
1944             // because we'll still overwrite it with something different and
1945             // this risks to be very surprising for the user code, let them
1946             // know about it
1947             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("invalid value for a cell with bool editor!") );
1948         }
1949     }
1950
1951     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1952     CBox()->SetFocus();
1953 }
1954
1955 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1956                                    wxGrid* grid)
1957 {
1958     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1959                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1960
1961     bool changed = false;
1962     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1963     if ( value != m_startValue )
1964         changed = true;
1965
1966     if ( changed )
1967     {
1968         wxGridTableBase * const table = grid->GetTable();
1969         if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
1970             table->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1971         else
1972             table->SetValue(row, col, GetValue());
1973     }
1974
1975     return changed;
1976 }
1977
1978 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1979 {
1980     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1981                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
1982
1983     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1984 }
1985
1986 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1987 {
1988     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1989 }
1990
1991 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1992 {
1993     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1994     {
1995         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1996         switch ( keycode )
1997         {
1998             case WXK_SPACE:
1999             case '+':
2000             case '-':
2001                 return true;
2002         }
2003     }
2004
2005     return false;
2006 }
2007
2008 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
2009 {
2010     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
2011     switch ( keycode )
2012     {
2013         case WXK_SPACE:
2014             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
2015             break;
2016
2017         case '+':
2018             CBox()->SetValue(true);
2019             break;
2020
2021         case '-':
2022             CBox()->SetValue(false);
2023             break;
2024     }
2025 }
2026
2027 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
2028 {
2029   return ms_stringValues[CBox()->GetValue()];
2030 }
2031
2032 /* static */ void
2033 wxGridCellBoolEditor::UseStringValues(const wxString& valueTrue,
2034                                       const wxString& valueFalse)
2035 {
2036     ms_stringValues[false] = valueFalse;
2037     ms_stringValues[true] = valueTrue;
2038 }
2039
2040 /* static */ bool
2041 wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(const wxString& value)
2042 {
2043     return value == ms_stringValues[true];
2044 }
2045
2046 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2047
2048 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2049
2050 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2051 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
2052 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2053
2054 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
2055                                                bool allowOthers)
2056     : m_choices(choices),
2057       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
2058
2059 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
2060                                                const wxString choices[],
2061                                                bool allowOthers)
2062                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
2063 {
2064     if ( count )
2065     {
2066         m_choices.Alloc(count);
2067         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2068         {
2069             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
2070         }
2071     }
2072 }
2073
2074 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
2075 {
2076     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
2077     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
2078     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
2079
2080     return editor;
2081 }
2082
2083 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
2084                                     wxWindowID id,
2085                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
2086 {
2087     int style = wxTE_PROCESS_ENTER |
2088                 wxTE_PROCESS_TAB |
2089                 wxBORDER_NONE;
2090
2091     if ( !m_allowOthers )
2092         style |= wxCB_READONLY;
2093     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
2094                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
2095                                m_choices,
2096                                style);
2097
2098     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
2099 }
2100
2101 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
2102                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
2103 {
2104     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
2105     // flicker
2106
2107     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
2108     // combo always defaults to the standard.  Until someone has time to
2109     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way.
2110     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
2111 }
2112
2113 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
2114 {
2115     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
2116                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
2117
2118     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
2119     if (m_control)
2120         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
2121
2122     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
2123     if (evtHandler)
2124         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
2125
2126     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
2127
2128     Reset(); // this updates combo box to correspond to m_startValue
2129
2130     Combo()->SetFocus();
2131
2132     if (evtHandler)
2133     {
2134         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
2135         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
2136 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
2137         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
2138 #endif
2139     }
2140 }
2141
2142 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
2143                                      wxGrid* grid)
2144 {
2145     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
2146     if ( value == m_startValue )
2147         return false;
2148
2149     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
2150
2151     return true;
2152 }
2153
2154 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
2155 {
2156     if (m_allowOthers)
2157     {
2158         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
2159         Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
2160     }
2161     else // the combobox is read-only
2162     {
2163         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
2164         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
2165         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
2166             pos = 0;
2167         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
2168     }
2169 }
2170
2171 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2172 {
2173     if ( !params )
2174     {
2175         // what can we do?
2176         return;
2177     }
2178
2179     m_choices.Empty();
2180
2181     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
2182     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
2183     {
2184         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
2185     }
2186 }
2187
2188 // return the value in the text control
2189 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
2190 {
2191   return Combo()->GetValue();
2192 }
2193
2194 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2195
2196 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2197 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
2198 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2199
2200 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
2201 {
2202     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
2203     if (m_inSetFocus)
2204         return;
2205
2206     // accept changes
2207     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
2208
2209     event.Skip();
2210 }
2211
2212 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
2213 {
2214     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
2215     {
2216         case WXK_ESCAPE:
2217             m_editor->Reset();
2218             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
2219             break;
2220
2221         case WXK_TAB:
2222             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
2223             break;
2224
2225         case WXK_RETURN:
2226         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
2227             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
2228                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
2229             break;
2230
2231         default:
2232             event.Skip();
2233             break;
2234     }
2235 }
2236
2237 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
2238 {
2239     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
2240     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
2241     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
2242     int cw, ch;
2243     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2244
2245     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
2246     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
2247
2248     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
2249     {
2250         case WXK_ESCAPE:
2251         case WXK_TAB:
2252         case WXK_RETURN:
2253         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
2254             break;
2255
2256         case WXK_HOME:
2257         {
2258             if ( wholeCellVisible )
2259             {
2260                 // no special processing needed...
2261                 event.Skip();
2262                 break;
2263             }
2264
2265             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
2266
2267             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
2268             int colXPos = 0;
2269             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
2270             {
2271                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
2272             }
2273
2274             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
2275             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
2276             if (col != 0)
2277             {
2278                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
2279             }
2280             else
2281             {
2282                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
2283             }
2284             event.Skip();
2285             break;
2286         }
2287
2288         case WXK_END:
2289         {
2290             if ( wholeCellVisible )
2291             {
2292                 // no special processing needed...
2293                 event.Skip();
2294                 break;
2295             }
2296
2297             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
2298
2299             int textWidth = 0;
2300             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
2301             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
2302             {
2303                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
2304                 int y;
2305                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
2306                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
2307
2308                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
2309                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
2310
2311                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
2312                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
2313                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
2314                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
2315                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
2316                 {
2317                     textWidth = 0;
2318                 }
2319             }
2320
2321             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
2322             int colXPos = 0;
2323             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
2324             {
2325                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
2326             }
2327
2328             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
2329             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
2330             colXPos += textWidth;
2331
2332             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
2333             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
2334             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
2335             event.Skip();
2336             break;
2337         }
2338
2339         default:
2340             event.Skip();
2341             break;
2342     }
2343 }
2344
2345 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2346 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
2347 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
2348 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2349
2350 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
2351 {
2352     // nothing to do
2353 }
2354
2355 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
2356 {
2357 }
2358
2359 // ============================================================================
2360 // renderer classes
2361 // ============================================================================
2362
2363 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2364 // wxGridCellRenderer
2365 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2366
2367 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2368                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2369                               wxDC& dc,
2370                               const wxRect& rect,
2371                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
2372                               bool isSelected)
2373 {
2374     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID );
2375
2376     wxColour clr;
2377     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
2378     {
2379         if ( isSelected )
2380         {
2381             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
2382                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
2383             else
2384                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
2385         }
2386         else
2387         {
2388             clr = attr.GetBackgroundColour();
2389         }
2390     }
2391     else // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
2392     {
2393         clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE);
2394     }
2395
2396     dc.SetBrush(clr);
2397     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
2398     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
2399 }
2400
2401 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2402 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
2403 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2404
2405 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
2406                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2407                                                      wxDC& dc,
2408                                                      bool isSelected)
2409 {
2410     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
2411
2412     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
2413
2414     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
2415     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
2416     {
2417         if ( isSelected )
2418         {
2419             wxColour clr;
2420             if ( grid.HasFocus() )
2421                 clr = grid.GetSelectionBackground();
2422             else
2423                 clr = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNSHADOW);
2424             dc.SetTextBackground( clr );
2425             dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
2426         }
2427         else
2428         {
2429             dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
2430             dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
2431         }
2432     }
2433     else
2434     {
2435         dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
2436         dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
2437     }
2438
2439     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
2440 }
2441
2442 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2443                                                wxDC& dc,
2444                                                const wxString& text)
2445 {
2446     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
2447     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
2448     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
2449     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
2450     {
2451         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
2452         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
2453     }
2454
2455     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
2456
2457     return wxSize(max_x, y);
2458 }
2459
2460 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2461                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2462                                              wxDC& dc,
2463                                              int row, int col)
2464 {
2465     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
2466 }
2467
2468 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2469                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2470                                     wxDC& dc,
2471                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2472                                     int row, int col,
2473                                     bool isSelected)
2474 {
2475     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2476     rect.Inflate(-1);
2477
2478     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
2479     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2480
2481     int hAlign, vAlign;
2482     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2483
2484     int overflowCols = 0;
2485
2486     if (attr.GetOverflow())
2487     {
2488         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
2489         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
2490         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
2491         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
2492         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
2493         {
2494             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
2495             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
2496             {
2497                 bool is_empty = true;
2498                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
2499                 {
2500                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
2501                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
2502                     if (c_rows > 0)
2503                         c_rows = 0;
2504                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
2505                     {
2506                         is_empty = false;
2507                         break;
2508                     }
2509                 }
2510
2511                 if (is_empty)
2512                 {
2513                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
2514                 }
2515                 else
2516                 {
2517                     i--;
2518                     break;
2519                 }
2520
2521                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
2522                     break;
2523             }
2524
2525             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
2526             if (overflowCols >= cols)
2527                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
2528         }
2529
2530         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
2531         {
2532             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
2533             wxRect clip = rect;
2534             clip.x += rectCell.width;
2535             // draw each overflow cell individually
2536             int col_end = col + cell_cols + overflowCols;
2537             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
2538                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
2539             for (int i = col + cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
2540             {
2541                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2542                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2543                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
2544
2545                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
2546                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
2547
2548                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2549                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2550                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
2551             }
2552
2553             rect = rectCell;
2554             rect.Inflate(-1);
2555             rect.width++;
2556             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
2557         }
2558     }
2559
2560     // now we only have to draw the text
2561     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2562
2563     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
2564                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2565 }
2566
2567 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2568 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
2569 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2570
2571 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2572 {
2573     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2574     wxString text;
2575     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
2576     {
2577         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
2578     }
2579     else
2580     {
2581         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2582     }
2583
2584     return text;
2585 }
2586
2587 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2588                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2589                                     wxDC& dc,
2590                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
2591                                     int row, int col,
2592                                     bool isSelected)
2593 {
2594     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2595
2596     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2597
2598     // draw the text right aligned by default
2599     int hAlign, vAlign;
2600     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2601     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2602
2603     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2604     rect.Inflate(-1);
2605
2606     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2607 }
2608
2609 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2610                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2611                                              wxDC& dc,
2612                                              int row, int col)
2613 {
2614     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2615 }
2616
2617 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2618 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
2619 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2620
2621 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
2622 {
2623     SetWidth(width);
2624     SetPrecision(precision);
2625 }
2626
2627 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
2628 {
2629     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
2630     renderer->m_width = m_width;
2631     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
2632     renderer->m_format = m_format;
2633
2634     return renderer;
2635 }
2636
2637 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
2638 {
2639     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
2640
2641     bool hasDouble;
2642     double val;
2643     wxString text;
2644     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
2645     {
2646         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
2647         hasDouble = true;
2648     }
2649     else
2650     {
2651         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
2652         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
2653     }
2654
2655     if ( hasDouble )
2656     {
2657         if ( !m_format )
2658         {
2659             if ( m_width == -1 )
2660             {
2661                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2662                 {
2663                     // default width/precision
2664                     m_format = _T("%f");
2665                 }
2666                 else
2667                 {
2668                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2669                 }
2670             }
2671             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2672             {
2673                 // default precision
2674                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2675             }
2676             else
2677             {
2678                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2679             }
2680         }
2681
2682         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2683
2684     }
2685     //else: text already contains the string
2686
2687     return text;
2688 }
2689
2690 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2691                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2692                                    wxDC& dc,
2693                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2694                                    int row, int col,
2695                                    bool isSelected)
2696 {
2697     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2698
2699     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2700
2701     // draw the text right aligned by default
2702     int hAlign, vAlign;
2703     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2704     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2705
2706     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2707     rect.Inflate(-1);
2708
2709     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2710 }
2711
2712 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2713                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2714                                             wxDC& dc,
2715                                             int row, int col)
2716 {
2717     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2718 }
2719
2720 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2721 {
2722     if ( !params )
2723     {
2724         // reset to defaults
2725         SetWidth(-1);
2726         SetPrecision(-1);
2727     }
2728     else
2729     {
2730         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2731         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2732         {
2733             long width;
2734             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2735             {
2736                 SetWidth((int)width);
2737             }
2738             else
2739             {
2740                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2741             }
2742         }
2743
2744         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2745         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2746         {
2747             long precision;
2748             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2749             {
2750                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2751             }
2752             else
2753             {
2754                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2755             }
2756         }
2757     }
2758 }
2759
2760 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2761 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2762 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2763
2764 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2765
2766 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2767
2768 // between checkmark and box
2769 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2770
2771 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2772                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2773                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2774                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2775                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2776 {
2777     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2778     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2779     {
2780         // get checkbox size
2781         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2782         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2783         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2784
2785 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2786         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2787 #endif
2788
2789         delete checkbox;
2790
2791         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2792     }
2793
2794     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2795 }
2796
2797 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2798                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2799                                   wxDC& dc,
2800                                   const wxRect& rect,
2801                                   int row, int col,
2802                                   bool isSelected)
2803 {
2804     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2805
2806     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2807     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2808
2809     // don't draw outside the cell
2810     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2811     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2812     {
2813         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2814         size.x = size.y = minSize;
2815     }
2816
2817     // draw a border around checkmark
2818     int vAlign, hAlign;
2819     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2820
2821     wxRect rectBorder;
2822     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2823     {
2824         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2825         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2826         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2827         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2828     }
2829     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2830     {
2831         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2832         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2833         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2834         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2835     }
2836     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2837     {
2838         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2839         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2840         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2841         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2842     }
2843
2844     bool value;
2845     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2846     {
2847         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2848     }
2849     else
2850     {
2851         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2852         value = wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsTrueValue(cellval);
2853     }
2854
2855     int flags = 0;
2856     if (value)
2857         flags |= wxCONTROL_CHECKED;
2858
2859     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawCheckBox( &grid, dc, rectBorder, flags );
2860 }
2861
2862 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2863 // wxGridCellAttr
2864 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2865
2866 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2867 {
2868     m_nRef = 1;
2869
2870     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2871
2872     m_renderer = NULL;
2873     m_editor = NULL;
2874
2875     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2876
2877     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2878     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2879
2880     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2881 }
2882
2883 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2884 {
2885     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2886
2887     if ( HasTextColour() )
2888         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2889     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2890         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2891     if ( HasFont() )
2892         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2893     if ( HasAlignment() )
2894         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2895
2896     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2897
2898     if ( m_renderer )
2899     {
2900         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2901         m_renderer->IncRef();
2902     }
2903     if ( m_editor )
2904     {
2905         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2906         m_editor->IncRef();
2907     }
2908
2909     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2910         attr->SetReadOnly();
2911
2912     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
2913     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2914
2915     return attr;
2916 }
2917
2918 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2919 {
2920     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2921         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2922     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2923         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2924     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2925         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2926     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2927     {
2928         int hAlign, vAlign;
2929         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2930         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2931     }
2932     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2933         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2934
2935     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2936     // m_renderer/m_editor
2937     //
2938     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2939     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2940     {
2941         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2942         m_renderer->IncRef();
2943     }
2944     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2945     {
2946         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2947         m_editor->IncRef();
2948     }
2949     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2950         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2951
2952     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2953         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2954
2955     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2956 }
2957
2958 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2959 {
2960     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2961
2962     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2963     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2964     // set to negative or zero values such that
2965     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2966     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2967
2968     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2969
2970     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2971                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2972                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2973                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2974
2975     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2976     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2977 }
2978
2979 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2980 {
2981     if (HasTextColour())
2982     {
2983         return m_colText;
2984     }
2985     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2986     {
2987         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2988     }
2989     else
2990     {
2991         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2992         return wxNullColour;
2993     }
2994 }
2995
2996 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2997 {
2998     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2999     {
3000         return m_colBack;
3001     }
3002     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
3003     {
3004         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
3005     }
3006     else
3007     {
3008         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
3009         return wxNullColour;
3010     }
3011 }
3012
3013 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
3014 {
3015     if (HasFont())
3016     {
3017         return m_font;
3018     }
3019     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
3020     {
3021         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
3022     }
3023     else
3024     {
3025         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
3026         return wxNullFont;
3027     }
3028 }
3029
3030 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
3031 {
3032     if (HasAlignment())
3033     {
3034         if ( hAlign )
3035             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
3036         if ( vAlign )
3037             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
3038     }
3039     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
3040     {
3041         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
3042     }
3043     else
3044     {
3045         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
3046     }
3047 }
3048
3049 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
3050 {
3051     if ( num_rows )
3052         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
3053     if ( num_cols )
3054         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
3055 }
3056
3057 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
3058 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
3059 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
3060 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
3061 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
3062 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
3063
3064 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
3065 {
3066     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
3067
3068     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
3069     {
3070         // use the cells renderer if it has one
3071         renderer = m_renderer;
3072         renderer->IncRef();
3073     }
3074     else // no non-default cell renderer
3075     {
3076         // get default renderer for the data type
3077         if ( grid )
3078         {
3079             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
3080             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
3081         }
3082
3083         if ( renderer == NULL )
3084         {
3085             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
3086             {
3087                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
3088                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
3089                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
3090             }
3091             else // default grid attr
3092             {
3093                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
3094                 renderer = m_renderer;
3095                 if ( renderer )
3096                     renderer->IncRef();
3097             }
3098         }
3099     }
3100
3101     // we're supposed to always find something
3102     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
3103
3104     return renderer;
3105 }
3106
3107 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
3108 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
3109 {
3110     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
3111
3112     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
3113     {
3114         // use the cells editor if it has one
3115         editor = m_editor;
3116         editor->IncRef();
3117     }
3118     else // no non default cell editor
3119     {
3120         // get default editor for the data type
3121         if ( grid )
3122         {
3123             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
3124             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
3125         }
3126
3127         if ( editor == NULL )
3128         {
3129             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
3130             {
3131                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
3132                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
3133                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
3134             }
3135             else // default grid attr
3136             {
3137                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
3138                 editor = m_editor;
3139                 if ( editor )
3140                     editor->IncRef();
3141             }
3142         }
3143     }
3144
3145     // we're supposed to always find something
3146     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
3147
3148     return editor;
3149 }
3150
3151 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3152 // wxGridCellAttrData
3153 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3154
3155 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
3156 {
3157     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
3158     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
3159     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
3160     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
3161     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
3162     {
3163         if ( attr )
3164         {
3165             // add the attribute
3166             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
3167         }
3168         //else: nothing to do
3169     }
3170     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
3171     {
3172         if ( attr )
3173         {
3174             // change the attribute
3175             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
3176         }
3177         else
3178         {
3179             // remove this attribute
3180             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
3181         }
3182     }
3183 }
3184
3185 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
3186 {
3187     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
3188
3189     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
3190     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
3191     {
3192         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
3193         attr->IncRef();
3194     }
3195
3196     return attr;
3197 }
3198
3199 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
3200 {
3201     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
3202     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3203     {
3204         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
3205         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
3206         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
3207         {
3208             if (numRows > 0)
3209             {
3210                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
3211                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
3212             }
3213             else if (numRows < 0)
3214             {
3215                 // If rows deleted ...
3216                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
3217                 {
3218                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
3219                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
3220                 }
3221                 else
3222                 {
3223                     // ...or remove the attribute
3224                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
3225                     n--;
3226                     count--;
3227                 }
3228             }
3229         }
3230     }
3231 }
3232
3233 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
3234 {
3235     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
3236     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3237     {
3238         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
3239         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
3240         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
3241         {
3242             if ( numCols > 0 )
3243             {
3244                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
3245                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
3246             }
3247             else if (numCols < 0)
3248             {
3249                 // If rows deleted ...
3250                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
3251                 {
3252                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
3253                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
3254                 }
3255                 else
3256                 {
3257                     // ...or remove the attribute
3258                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
3259                     n--;
3260                     count--;
3261                 }
3262             }
3263         }
3264     }
3265 }
3266
3267 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
3268 {
3269     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
3270     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3271     {
3272         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
3273         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
3274         {
3275             return n;
3276         }
3277     }
3278
3279     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3280 }
3281
3282 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3283 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
3284 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3285
3286 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
3287 {
3288     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
3289     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3290     {
3291         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
3292     }
3293 }
3294
3295 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
3296 {
3297     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
3298
3299     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
3300     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
3301     {
3302         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
3303         attr->IncRef();
3304     }
3305
3306     return attr;
3307 }
3308
3309 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
3310 {
3311     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
3312     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
3313     {
3314         if ( attr )
3315         {
3316             // add the attribute - no need to do anything to reference count
3317             //                     since we take ownership of the attribute.
3318             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
3319             m_attrs.Add(attr);
3320         }
3321         // nothing to remove
3322     }
3323     else
3324     {
3325         size_t n = (size_t)i;
3326         if ( m_attrs[n] == attr )
3327             // nothing to do
3328             return;
3329         if ( attr )
3330         {
3331             // change the attribute, handling reference count manually,
3332             //                       taking ownership of the new attribute.
3333             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
3334             m_attrs[n] = attr;
3335         }
3336         else
3337         {
3338             // remove this attribute, handling reference count manually
3339             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
3340             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
3341             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
3342         }
3343     }
3344 }
3345
3346 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
3347 {
3348     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
3349     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
3350     {
3351         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
3352         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
3353         {
3354             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
3355             {
3356                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
3357                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
3358             }
3359             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
3360             {
3361                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
3362                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
3363                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
3364                 else
3365                 {
3366                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
3367                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
3368                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
3369                     n--;
3370                     count--;
3371                 }
3372             }
3373         }
3374     }
3375 }
3376
3377 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3378 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
3379 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3380
3381 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
3382 {
3383     m_data = NULL;
3384 }
3385
3386 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
3387 {
3388     delete m_data;
3389 }
3390
3391 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
3392 {
3393     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
3394 }
3395
3396 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
3397                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
3398 {
3399     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
3400     if ( m_data )
3401     {
3402         switch (kind)
3403         {
3404             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
3405                 // Get cached merge attributes.
3406                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
3407                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
3408                 if (!attr)
3409                 {
3410                     // Basically implement old version.
3411                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
3412                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
3413                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
3414                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
3415
3416                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
3417                     {
3418                         // Two or more are non NULL
3419                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
3420                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
3421
3422                         // Order is important..
3423                         if (attrcell)
3424                         {
3425                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
3426                             attrcell->DecRef();
3427                         }
3428                         if (attrcol)
3429                         {
3430                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
3431                             attrcol->DecRef();
3432                         }
3433                         if (attrrow)
3434                         {
3435                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
3436                             attrrow->DecRef();
3437                         }
3438
3439                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
3440                         //attr->IncRef();
3441                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3442                     }
3443                     else
3444                     {
3445                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
3446                         if (attrrow)
3447                             attr = attrrow;
3448                         if (attrcol)
3449                         {
3450                             if (attr)
3451                                 attr->DecRef();
3452                             attr = attrcol;
3453                         }
3454                         if (attrcell)
3455                         {
3456                             if (attr)
3457                                 attr->DecRef();
3458                             attr = attrcell;
3459                         }
3460                     }
3461                 }
3462                 break;
3463
3464             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
3465                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
3466                 break;
3467
3468             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
3469                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
3470                 break;
3471
3472             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
3473                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
3474                 break;
3475
3476             default:
3477                 // unused as yet...
3478                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
3479                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
3480                 break;
3481         }
3482     }
3483
3484     return attr;
3485 }
3486
3487 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
3488                                      int row, int col)
3489 {
3490     if ( !m_data )
3491         InitData();
3492
3493     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3494 }
3495
3496 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3497 {
3498     if ( !m_data )
3499         InitData();
3500
3501     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
3502 }
3503
3504 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3505 {
3506     if ( !m_data )
3507         InitData();
3508
3509     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
3510 }
3511
3512 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
3513 {
3514     if ( m_data )
3515     {
3516         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
3517
3518         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
3519     }
3520 }
3521
3522 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
3523 {
3524     if ( m_data )
3525     {
3526         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
3527
3528         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
3529     }
3530 }
3531
3532 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3533 // wxGridTypeRegistry
3534 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3535
3536 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
3537 {
3538     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3539     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3540         delete m_typeinfo[i];
3541 }
3542
3543 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
3544                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
3545                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
3546 {
3547     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
3548
3549     // is it already registered?
3550     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3551     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
3552     {
3553         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
3554         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
3555     }
3556     else
3557     {
3558         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
3559     }
3560 }
3561
3562 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3563 {
3564     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
3565     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
3566     {
3567         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
3568         {
3569             return i;
3570         }
3571     }
3572
3573     return wxNOT_FOUND;
3574 }
3575
3576 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3577 {
3578     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
3579     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3580     {
3581         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
3582         // register it "on the fly"
3583 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3584         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
3585         {
3586             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
3587                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3588                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
3589         }
3590         else
3591 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3592 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3593         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
3594         {
3595             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
3596                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
3597                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
3598         }
3599         else
3600 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
3601 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3602         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
3603         {
3604             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
3605                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
3606                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
3607         }
3608         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
3609         {
3610             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
3611                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
3612                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
3613         }
3614         else
3615 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
3616 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3617         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
3618         {
3619             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
3620                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
3621                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
3622         }
3623         else
3624 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
3625         {
3626             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3627         }
3628
3629         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
3630         // the last index
3631         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3632     }
3633
3634     return index;
3635 }
3636
3637 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
3638 {
3639     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
3640     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3641     {
3642         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
3643         // are the parameters for the renderer
3644         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
3645         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
3646         {
3647             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3648         }
3649
3650         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3651         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3652         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3653         rendererOld->DecRef();
3654
3655         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3656         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3657         editor = editor->Clone();
3658         editorOld->DecRef();
3659
3660         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3661         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3662         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3663         editor->SetParameters(params);
3664
3665         // register the new typename
3666         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3667
3668         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3669         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3670     }
3671
3672     return index;
3673 }
3674
3675 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3676 {
3677     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3678     if (renderer)
3679         renderer->IncRef();
3680
3681     return renderer;
3682 }
3683
3684 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3685 {
3686     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3687     if (editor)
3688         editor->IncRef();
3689
3690     return editor;
3691 }
3692
3693 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3694 // wxGridTableBase
3695 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3696
3697 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3698
3699 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3700 {
3701     m_view = NULL;
3702     m_attrProvider = NULL;
3703 }
3704
3705 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3706 {
3707     delete m_attrProvider;
3708 }
3709
3710 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3711 {
3712     delete m_attrProvider;
3713     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3714 }
3715
3716 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3717 {
3718     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3719     {
3720         // use the default attr provider by default
3721         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3722     }
3723
3724     return true;
3725 }
3726
3727 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3728 {
3729     if ( m_attrProvider )
3730         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3731     else
3732         return NULL;
3733 }
3734
3735 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3736 {
3737     if ( m_attrProvider )
3738     {
3739         if ( attr )
3740             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3741         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3742     }
3743     else
3744     {
3745         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3746         // free it now
3747         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3748     }
3749 }
3750
3751 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3752 {
3753     if ( m_attrProvider )
3754     {
3755         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3756         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3757     }
3758     else
3759     {
3760         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3761         // free it now
3762         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3763     }
3764 }
3765
3766 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3767 {
3768     if ( m_attrProvider )
3769     {
3770         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3771         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3772     }
3773     else
3774     {
3775         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3776         // free it now
3777         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3778     }
3779 }
3780
3781 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3782                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3783 {
3784     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3785
3786     return false;
3787 }
3788
3789 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3790 {
3791     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3792
3793     return false;
3794 }
3795
3796 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3797                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3798 {
3799     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3800
3801     return false;
3802 }
3803
3804 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3805                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3806 {
3807     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3808
3809     return false;
3810 }
3811
3812 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3813 {
3814     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3815
3816     return false;
3817 }
3818
3819 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3820                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3821 {
3822     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3823
3824     return false;
3825 }
3826
3827 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3828 {
3829     wxString s;
3830
3831     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3832     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3833     s << row + 1;
3834
3835     return s;
3836 }
3837
3838 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3839 {
3840     // default col labels are:
3841     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3842     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3843     //   etc.
3844
3845     wxString s;
3846     unsigned int i, n;
3847     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3848     {
3849         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3850         col = col / 26 - 1;
3851         if ( col < 0 )
3852             break;
3853     }
3854
3855     // reverse the string...
3856     wxString s2;
3857     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3858     {
3859         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3860     }
3861
3862     return s2;
3863 }
3864
3865 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3866 {
3867     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3868 }
3869
3870 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3871                                      const wxString& typeName )
3872 {
3873     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3874 }
3875
3876 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3877 {
3878     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3879 }
3880
3881 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3882 {
3883     return 0;
3884 }
3885
3886 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3887 {
3888     return 0.0;
3889 }
3890
3891 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3892 {
3893     return false;
3894 }
3895
3896 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3897                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3898 {
3899 }
3900
3901 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3902                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3903 {
3904 }
3905
3906 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3907                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3908 {
3909 }
3910
3911 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3912                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3913 {
3914     return NULL;
3915 }
3916
3917 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3918                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3919                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3920 {
3921 }
3922
3923 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3924 //
3925 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3926 // to the grid view
3927 //
3928
3929 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3930 {
3931     m_table =  NULL;
3932     m_id = -1;
3933     m_comInt1 = -1;
3934     m_comInt2 = -1;
3935 }
3936
3937 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3938                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3939 {
3940     m_table = table;
3941     m_id = id;
3942     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3943     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3944 }
3945
3946 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3947 //
3948 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3949 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3950 //
3951
3952 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3953
3954 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3955
3956 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3957         : wxGridTableBase()
3958 {
3959 }
3960
3961 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3962         : wxGridTableBase()
3963 {
3964     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3965
3966     wxArrayString sa;
3967     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3968     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3969
3970     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3971 }
3972
3973 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3974 {
3975 }
3976
3977 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3978 {
3979     return m_data.GetCount();
3980 }
3981
3982 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3983 {
3984     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3985         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3986     else
3987         return 0;
3988 }
3989
3990 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3991 {
3992     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3993                  wxEmptyString,
3994                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3995
3996     return m_data[row][col];
3997 }
3998
3999 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
4000 {
4001     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
4002                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
4003
4004     m_data[row][col] = value;
4005 }
4006
4007 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
4008 {
4009     int row, col;
4010     int numRows, numCols;
4011
4012     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
4013     if ( numRows > 0 )
4014     {
4015         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
4016
4017         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
4018         {
4019             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
4020             {
4021                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
4022             }
4023         }
4024     }
4025 }
4026
4027 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
4028 {
4029     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4030     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
4031                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
4032
4033     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
4034     {
4035         return AppendRows( numRows );
4036     }
4037
4038     wxArrayString sa;
4039     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
4040     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
4041     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
4042
4043     if ( GetView() )
4044     {
4045         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4046                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
4047                                 pos,
4048                                 numRows );
4049
4050         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4051     }
4052
4053     return true;
4054 }
4055
4056 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
4057 {
4058     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4059     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
4060                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
4061                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
4062
4063     wxArrayString sa;
4064     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
4065     {
4066         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
4067         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
4068     }
4069
4070     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
4071
4072     if ( GetView() )
4073     {
4074         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4075                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
4076                                 numRows );
4077
4078         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4079     }
4080
4081     return true;
4082 }
4083
4084 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
4085 {
4086     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4087
4088     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
4089     {
4090         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
4091                     (
4092                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
4093                         (unsigned long)pos,
4094                         (unsigned long)numRows,
4095                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
4096                     ) );
4097
4098         return false;
4099     }
4100
4101     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
4102     {
4103         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
4104     }
4105
4106     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
4107     {
4108         m_data.Clear();
4109     }
4110     else
4111     {
4112         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4113     }
4114
4115     if ( GetView() )
4116     {
4117         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4118                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
4119                                 pos,
4120                                 numRows );
4121
4122         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4123     }
4124
4125     return true;
4126 }
4127
4128 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
4129 {
4130     size_t row, col;
4131
4132     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4133     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
4134                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
4135                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
4136
4137     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
4138     {
4139         return AppendCols( numCols );
4140     }
4141
4142     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
4143     {
4144         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
4145
4146         size_t i;
4147         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
4148             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
4149     }
4150
4151     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
4152     {
4153         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
4154         {
4155             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
4156         }
4157     }
4158
4159     if ( GetView() )
4160     {
4161         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4162                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
4163                                 pos,
4164                                 numCols );
4165
4166         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4167     }
4168
4169     return true;
4170 }
4171
4172 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
4173 {
4174     size_t row;
4175
4176     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4177
4178     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
4179     {
4180         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
4181     }
4182
4183     if ( GetView() )
4184     {
4185         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4186                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
4187                                 numCols );
4188
4189         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4190     }
4191
4192     return true;
4193 }
4194
4195 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
4196 {
4197     size_t row;
4198
4199     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
4200     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
4201                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
4202
4203     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
4204     {
4205         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
4206                     (
4207                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
4208                         (unsigned long)pos,
4209                         (unsigned long)numCols,
4210                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
4211                     ) );
4212         return false;
4213     }
4214
4215     int colID;
4216     if ( GetView() )
4217         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
4218     else
4219         colID = pos;
4220
4221     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
4222     {
4223         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
4224     }
4225
4226     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
4227     {
4228         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
4229         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
4230         // element and not numCols, so account for it
4231         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
4232         if ( nToRm > 0 )
4233             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
4234     }
4235
4236     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
4237     {
4238         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
4239         {
4240             m_data[row].Clear();
4241         }
4242         else
4243         {
4244             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
4245         }
4246     }
4247
4248     if ( GetView() )
4249     {
4250         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
4251                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
4252                                 pos,
4253                                 numCols );
4254
4255         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
4256     }
4257
4258     return true;
4259 }
4260
4261 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
4262 {
4263     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
4264     {
4265         // using default label
4266         //
4267         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
4268     }
4269     else
4270     {
4271         return m_rowLabels[row];
4272     }
4273 }
4274
4275 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
4276 {
4277     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
4278     {
4279         // using default label
4280         //
4281         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
4282     }
4283     else
4284     {
4285         return m_colLabels[col];
4286     }
4287 }
4288
4289 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
4290 {
4291     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
4292     {
4293         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
4294         int i;
4295
4296         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
4297         {
4298             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
4299         }
4300     }
4301
4302     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
4303 }
4304
4305 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
4306 {
4307     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
4308     {
4309         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
4310         int i;
4311
4312         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
4313         {
4314             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
4315         }
4316     }
4317
4318     m_colLabels[col] = value;
4319 }
4320
4321
4322 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4323 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4324
4325 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
4326     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
4327 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4328
4329 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
4330 {
4331     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
4332 }
4333
4334 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
4335     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
4336     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4337     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4338 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4339
4340 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4341 {
4342     wxPaintDC dc(this);
4343
4344     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
4345     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
4346     // set the y coord  - MB
4347     //
4348     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4349
4350     int x, y;
4351     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
4352     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
4353     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
4354
4355     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
4356     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
4357 }
4358
4359 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4360 {
4361     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
4362 }
4363
4364 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4365 {
4366     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
4367         event.Skip();
4368 }
4369
4370 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4371
4372 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
4373     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
4374     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4375     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4376 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4377
4378 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4379 {
4380     wxPaintDC dc(this);
4381
4382     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
4383     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
4384     // set the x coord  - MB
4385     //
4386     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4387
4388     int x, y;
4389     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
4390     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
4391     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
4392         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
4393     else
4394         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
4395
4396     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
4397     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
4398 }
4399
4400 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4401 {
4402     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
4403 }
4404
4405 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4406 {
4407     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
4408         event.Skip();
4409 }
4410
4411 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4412
4413 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
4414     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4415     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4416     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
4417 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4418
4419 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4420 {
4421     wxPaintDC dc(this);
4422
4423     m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc);
4424 }
4425
4426 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4427 {
4428     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
4429 }
4430
4431 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4432 {
4433     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
4434         event.Skip();
4435 }
4436
4437 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4438
4439 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
4440     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
4441     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
4442     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
4443     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
4444     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
4445     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
4446     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4447     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
4448     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
4449 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4450
4451 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
4452 {
4453     wxPaintDC dc( this );
4454     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
4455     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
4456     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
4457     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
4458
4459     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
4460
4461     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
4462
4463     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
4464 }
4465
4466 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
4467 {
4468     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
4469     m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
4470     m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
4471 }
4472
4473 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
4474 {
4475     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
4476         SetFocus();
4477
4478     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
4479 }
4480
4481 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
4482 {
4483     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
4484         event.Skip();
4485 }
4486
4487 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
4488 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
4489 //
4490 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4491 {
4492     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4493         event.Skip();
4494 }
4495
4496 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4497 {
4498     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4499         event.Skip();
4500 }
4501
4502 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4503 {
4504     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4505         event.Skip();
4506 }
4507
4508 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4509 {
4510 }
4511
4512 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
4513 {
4514     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
4515     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
4516     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
4517     {
4518         Refresh();
4519     }
4520     else
4521     {
4522         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
4523         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
4524         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
4525         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
4526         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
4527         //     branch so that it's always executed.
4528
4529         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
4530         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
4531                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
4532         const wxRect cursor =
4533             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
4534         Refresh(true, &cursor);
4535     }
4536
4537     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
4538         event.Skip();
4539 }
4540
4541 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
4542 #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true)
4543
4544 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4545
4546 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4547 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4548
4549 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4550     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4551     // use them for streaming out
4552     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4553     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4554     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4555     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4556     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4557     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4558
4559     // old style border flags
4560     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4561     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4562     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4563     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4564     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4565     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4566
4567     // standard window styles
4568     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4569     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4570     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4571     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4572     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4573     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4574     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4575     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4576
4577 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4578
4579 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4580
4581 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4582     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4583     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4584 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4585
4586 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4587 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4588
4589 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4590
4591 /*
4592  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4593 */
4594 #else
4595 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4596 #endif
4597
4598 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4599     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4600     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4601     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4602     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4603     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4604     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4605 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4606
4607 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4608                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4609                           long style, const wxString& name)
4610 {
4611     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4612                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
4613         return false;
4614
4615     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4616     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4617
4618     Create();
4619     SetInitialSize(size);
4620     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
4621     CalcDimensions();
4622
4623     return true;
4624 }
4625
4626 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4627 {
4628     if ( m_winCapture )
4629         m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
4630
4631     // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is,
4632     // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the
4633     // half destroyed grid
4634     HideCellEditControl();
4635
4636     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4637     SetTargetWindow(this);
4638     ClearAttrCache();
4639     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4640
4641 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4642     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4643     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4644                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4645              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4646              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4647 #endif
4648
4649     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
4650     // with dangling view pointer
4651     if ( m_ownTable )
4652         delete m_table;
4653     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
4654         m_table->SetView(NULL);
4655
4656     delete m_typeRegistry;
4657     delete m_selection;
4658 }
4659
4660 //
4661 // ----- internal init and update functions
4662 //
4663
4664 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4665 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4666 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4667
4668 void wxGrid::Create()
4669 {
4670     // create the type registry
4671     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4672
4673     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4674
4675     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4676
4677     // Set default cell attributes
4678     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4679     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4680     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4681     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4682     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4683     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4684
4685 #if _USE_VISATTR
4686     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4687     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4688
4689     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4690     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4691
4692 #else
4693     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4694         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4695     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4696         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4697 #endif
4698
4699     m_numRows = 0;
4700     m_numCols = 0;
4701     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4702
4703     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4704     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this);
4705     CreateColumnWindow();
4706     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this);
4707     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this );
4708
4709     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4710
4711 #if _USE_VISATTR
4712     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4713     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4714     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4715     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4716 #else
4717     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4718     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4719     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4720     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4721 #endif
4722
4723     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4724     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4725     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4726     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4727     m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4728     m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4729
4730     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4731     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4732
4733     m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4734     m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour();
4735
4736     // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default
4737     // row height
4738     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4739 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4740     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4741 #else
4742     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4743 #endif
4744
4745 }
4746
4747 void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow()
4748 {
4749     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4750     {
4751         m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this);
4752         m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y;
4753     }
4754     else // draw labels ourselves
4755     {
4756         m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this);
4757         m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4758     }
4759 }
4760
4761 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4762                          wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4763 {
4764     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4765                  false,
4766                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4767
4768     return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode);
4769 }
4770
4771 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4772 {
4773     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4774                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4775
4776     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4777 }
4778
4779 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4780 {
4781     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells,
4782                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4783
4784     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4785 }
4786
4787 bool
4788 wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table,
4789                  bool takeOwnership,
4790                  wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4791 {
4792     bool checkSelection = false;
4793     if ( m_created )
4794     {
4795         // stop all processing
4796         m_created = false;
4797
4798         if (m_table)
4799         {
4800             m_table->SetView(0);
4801             if( m_ownTable )
4802                 delete m_table;
4803             m_table = NULL;
4804         }
4805
4806         delete m_selection;
4807         m_selection = NULL;
4808
4809         m_ownTable = false;
4810         m_numRows = 0;
4811         m_numCols = 0;
4812         checkSelection = true;
4813
4814         // kill row and column size arrays
4815         m_colWidths.Empty();
4816         m_colRights.Empty();
4817         m_rowHeights.Empty();
4818         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4819     }
4820
4821     if (table)
4822     {
4823         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4824         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4825
4826         if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4827             GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
4828
4829         m_table = table;
4830         m_table->SetView( this );
4831         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4832         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4833         if (checkSelection)
4834         {
4835             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
4836             // original one current cell and selection regions
4837             // might be invalid,
4838             m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4839             m_currentCellCoords =
4840               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
4841                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
4842             if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
4843                 m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
4844             {
4845                 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4846                 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4847             }
4848             else
4849                 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
4850                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
4851                                          m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()),
4852                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
4853                                          m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol()));
4854         }
4855         CalcDimensions();
4856
4857         m_created = true;
4858     }
4859
4860     return m_created;
4861 }
4862
4863 void wxGrid::Init()
4864 {
4865     m_created = false;
4866
4867     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4868     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4869     m_colWindow = NULL;
4870     m_gridWin = NULL;
4871
4872     m_table = NULL;
4873     m_ownTable = false;
4874
4875     m_selection = NULL;
4876     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
4877     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
4878     m_winCapture = NULL;
4879
4880     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4881     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4882
4883     // init attr cache
4884     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4885     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4886     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4887
4888     m_labelFont = GetFont();
4889     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4890
4891     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4892     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4893
4894     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4895     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4896     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4897
4898     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4899     m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation
4900
4901     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4902     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4903
4904     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4905     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4906     m_gridLinesClipHorz =
4907     m_gridLinesClipVert = true;
4908     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4909     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4910     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4911
4912     m_canDragColMove = false;
4913
4914     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4915     m_winCapture = NULL;
4916     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4917     m_canDragColSize = true;
4918     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4919     m_canDragCell = false;
4920     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4921     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4922     m_isDragging = false;
4923     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4924
4925     m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND;
4926     m_sortIsAscending = true;
4927
4928     m_useNativeHeader =
4929     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
4930
4931     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4932
4933     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4934     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4935
4936     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4937
4938     m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
4939     m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
4940     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4941
4942     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4943     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4944
4945     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4946
4947     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4948     m_batchCount = 0;
4949
4950     m_extraWidth =
4951     m_extraHeight = 0;
4952
4953     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4954     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4955 }
4956
4957 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4958 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4959 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4960 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4961 // arrays at all
4962 //
4963 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
4964 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
4965 // this is not done currently
4966 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4967
4968 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4969 {
4970     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4971     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4972
4973     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4974     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4975
4976     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4977
4978     int rowBottom = 0;
4979     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4980     {
4981         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4982         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4983     }
4984 }
4985
4986 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4987 {
4988     m_colWidths.Empty();
4989     m_colRights.Empty();
4990
4991     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4992     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4993
4994     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4995
4996     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4997     {
4998         int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
4999         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
5000     }
5001 }
5002
5003 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
5004 {
5005     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
5006 }
5007
5008 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
5009 {
5010     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
5011                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
5012 }
5013
5014 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
5015 {
5016     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
5017                                  : m_colRights[col];
5018 }
5019
5020 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
5021 {
5022     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
5023 }
5024
5025 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
5026 {
5027     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
5028                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
5029 }
5030
5031 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
5032 {
5033     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
5034                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
5035 }
5036
5037 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
5038 {
5039     // compute the size of the scrollable area
5040     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
5041     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
5042
5043     w += m_extraWidth;
5044     h += m_extraHeight;
5045
5046     // take into account editor if shown
5047     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5048     {
5049         int w2, h2;
5050         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5051         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5052         int x = GetColLeft(c);
5053         int y = GetRowTop(r);
5054
5055         // how big is the editor
5056         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
5057         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
5058         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
5059         w2 += x;
5060         h2 += y;
5061         if ( w2 > w )
5062             w = w2;
5063         if ( h2 > h )
5064             h = h2;
5065         editor->DecRef();
5066         attr->DecRef();
5067     }
5068
5069     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
5070     int x, y;
5071     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
5072
5073     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
5074     if ( x >= w )
5075         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
5076     if ( y >= h )
5077         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
5078
5079     // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
5080     m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
5081     Scroll(x, y);
5082     AdjustScrollbars();
5083
5084     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
5085     // still must reposition the children
5086     CalcWindowSizes();
5087 }
5088
5089 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
5090 {
5091     wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
5092     sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
5093     sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
5094
5095     return sizeGridWin;
5096 }
5097
5098 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
5099 {
5100     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
5101
5102     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
5103         return;
5104
5105     int cw, ch;
5106     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5107
5108     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
5109     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
5110     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
5111     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
5112     if (gw < 0)
5113         gw = 0;
5114     if (gh < 0)
5115         gh = 0;
5116
5117     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
5118         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
5119
5120     if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() )
5121         m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
5122
5123     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
5124         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
5125
5126     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
5127         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
5128 }
5129
5130 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
5131 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
5132 //
5133 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
5134 {
5135     int i;
5136     bool result = false;
5137
5138     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
5139     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
5140     ClearAttrCache();
5141
5142     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
5143     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
5144     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
5145     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
5146     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
5147     HideCellEditControl();
5148
5149     switch ( msg.GetId() )
5150     {
5151         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
5152         {
5153             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5154             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5155
5156             m_numRows += numRows;
5157
5158             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
5159             {
5160                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
5161                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
5162
5163                 int bottom = 0;
5164                 if ( pos > 0 )
5165                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
5166
5167                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
5168                 {
5169                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
5170                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
5171                 }
5172             }
5173
5174             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5175             {
5176                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5177                 // cell will be undefined...
5178                 //
5179                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5180             }
5181
5182             if ( m_selection )
5183                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
5184             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5185             if (attrProvider)
5186                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
5187
5188             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5189             {
5190                 CalcDimensions();
5191                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
5192             }
5193         }
5194         result = true;
5195         break;
5196
5197         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
5198         {
5199             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
5200             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
5201             m_numRows += numRows;
5202
5203             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
5204             {
5205                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
5206                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
5207
5208                 int bottom = 0;
5209                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
5210                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
5211
5212                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
5213                 {
5214                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
5215                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
5216                 }
5217             }
5218
5219             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5220             {
5221                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5222                 // cell will be undefined...
5223                 //
5224                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5225             }
5226
5227             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5228             {
5229                 CalcDimensions();
5230                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
5231             }
5232         }
5233         result = true;
5234         break;
5235
5236         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
5237         {
5238             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5239             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5240             m_numRows -= numRows;
5241
5242             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
5243             {
5244                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
5245                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
5246
5247                 int h = 0;
5248                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
5249                 {
5250                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
5251                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
5252                 }
5253             }
5254
5255             if ( !m_numRows )
5256             {
5257                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5258             }
5259             else
5260             {
5261                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
5262                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5263             }
5264
5265             if ( m_selection )
5266                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
5267             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5268             if (attrProvider)
5269             {
5270                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
5271
5272 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5273 #if 0
5274                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
5275                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
5276                 // all column attributes.
5277                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5278                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
5279                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
5280                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
5281 #endif
5282             }
5283
5284             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5285             {
5286                 CalcDimensions();
5287                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
5288             }
5289         }
5290         result = true;
5291         break;
5292
5293         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
5294         {
5295             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5296             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5297             m_numCols += numCols;
5298
5299             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5300                 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5301
5302             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5303             {
5304                 //Shift the column IDs
5305                 int i;
5306                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
5307                 {
5308                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
5309                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
5310                 }
5311
5312                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
5313
5314                 //Set the new columns' positions
5315                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
5316                 {
5317                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5318                 }
5319             }
5320
5321             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5322             {
5323                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
5324                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
5325
5326                 int right = 0;
5327                 if ( pos > 0 )
5328                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
5329
5330                 int colPos;
5331                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5332                 {
5333                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5334
5335                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5336                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5337                 }
5338             }
5339
5340             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5341             {
5342                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5343                 // cell will be undefined...
5344                 //
5345                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5346             }
5347
5348             if ( m_selection )
5349                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
5350             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5351             if (attrProvider)
5352                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
5353             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5354             {
5355                 CalcDimensions();
5356                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
5357             }
5358         }
5359         result = true;
5360         break;
5361
5362         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
5363         {
5364             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
5365             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
5366             m_numCols += numCols;
5367             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5368                 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5369
5370             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5371             {
5372                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
5373
5374                 //Set the new columns' positions
5375                 int i;
5376                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
5377                 {
5378                     m_colAt[i] = i;
5379                 }
5380             }
5381
5382             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5383             {
5384                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
5385                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
5386
5387                 int right = 0;
5388                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
5389                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
5390
5391                 int colPos;
5392                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5393                 {
5394                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5395
5396                     right += m_colWidths[i];
5397                     m_colRights[i] = right;
5398                 }
5399             }
5400
5401             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
5402             {
5403                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
5404                 // cell will be undefined...
5405                 //
5406                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
5407             }
5408             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5409             {
5410                 CalcDimensions();
5411                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
5412             }
5413         }
5414         result = true;
5415         break;
5416
5417         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
5418         {
5419             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
5420             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
5421             m_numCols -= numCols;
5422             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5423                 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5424
5425             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
5426             {
5427                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
5428
5429                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5430
5431                 //Shift the column IDs
5432                 int colPos;
5433                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5434                 {
5435                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
5436                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
5437                 }
5438             }
5439
5440             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
5441             {
5442                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5443                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
5444
5445                 int w = 0;
5446                 int colPos;
5447                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5448                 {
5449                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
5450
5451                     w += m_colWidths[i];
5452                     m_colRights[i] = w;
5453                 }
5454             }
5455
5456             if ( !m_numCols )
5457             {
5458                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5459             }
5460             else
5461             {
5462                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
5463                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
5464             }
5465
5466             if ( m_selection )
5467                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5468             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
5469             if (attrProvider)
5470             {
5471                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
5472
5473 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
5474 #if 0
5475                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
5476                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
5477                 // all row attributes.
5478                 // I hate to do this here, but the
5479                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
5480                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
5481                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
5482 #endif
5483             }
5484
5485             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5486             {
5487                 CalcDimensions();
5488                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
5489             }
5490         }
5491         result = true;
5492         break;
5493     }
5494
5495     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
5496         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5497
5498     return result;
5499 }
5500
5501 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5502 {
5503     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5504     wxRect r;
5505
5506     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
5507
5508     int top, bottom;
5509     while ( iter )
5510     {
5511         r = iter.GetRect();
5512
5513         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5514         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5515         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5516         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5517         //
5518 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5519         int cw, ch;
5520         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5521         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
5522             r.SetTop( 0 );
5523         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5524 #endif
5525
5526         // logical bounds of update region
5527         //
5528         int dummy;
5529         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
5530         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
5531
5532         // find the row labels within these bounds
5533         //
5534         int row;
5535         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5536         {
5537             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
5538                 continue;
5539
5540             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5541                 break;
5542
5543             rowlabels.Add( row );
5544         }
5545
5546         ++iter;
5547     }
5548
5549     return rowlabels;
5550 }
5551
5552 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5553 {
5554     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5555     wxRect r;
5556
5557     wxArrayInt colLabels;
5558
5559     int left, right;
5560     while ( iter )
5561     {
5562         r = iter.GetRect();
5563
5564         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5565         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5566         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5567         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5568         //
5569 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5570         int cw, ch;
5571         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5572         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
5573             r.SetLeft( 0 );
5574         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5575 #endif
5576
5577         // logical bounds of update region
5578         //
5579         int dummy;
5580         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
5581         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
5582
5583         // find the cells within these bounds
5584         //
5585         int col;
5586         int colPos;
5587         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5588         {
5589             col = GetColAt( colPos );
5590
5591             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
5592                 continue;
5593
5594             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5595                 break;
5596
5597             colLabels.Add( col );
5598         }
5599
5600         ++iter;
5601     }
5602
5603     return colLabels;
5604 }
5605
5606 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
5607 {
5608     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
5609     wxRect r;
5610
5611     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
5612
5613     int left, top, right, bottom;
5614     while ( iter )
5615     {
5616         r = iter.GetRect();
5617
5618         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5619         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5620         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5621         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5622         //
5623 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5624         int cw, ch;
5625         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5626         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5627         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5628         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5629         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5630 #endif
5631
5632         // logical bounds of update region
5633         //
5634         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5635         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5636
5637         // find the cells within these bounds
5638         wxArrayInt cols;
5639         for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5640         {
5641             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5642                 continue;
5643
5644             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5645                 break;
5646
5647             // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which
5648             // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once
5649             // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones
5650             if ( cols.empty() )
5651             {
5652                 // do determine the dirty columns
5653                 for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ )
5654                     cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos));
5655
5656                 // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do
5657                 if ( cols.empty() )
5658                     break;
5659             }
5660
5661             const size_t count = cols.size();
5662             for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
5663                 cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n]));
5664         }
5665
5666         ++iter;
5667     }
5668
5669     return cellsExposed;
5670 }
5671
5672
5673 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5674 {
5675     int x, y, row;
5676     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5677     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5678
5679     if ( event.Dragging() )
5680     {
5681         if (!m_isDragging)
5682         {
5683             m_isDragging = true;
5684             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5685         }
5686
5687         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5688         {
5689             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5690             {
5691                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5692                 {
5693                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5694                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5695                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5696
5697                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5698                     PrepareDC( dc );
5699                     y = wxMax( y,
5700                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5701                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5702                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5703                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5704                     {
5705                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5706                     }
5707                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5708                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5709                 }
5710                 break;
5711
5712                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5713                 {
5714                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5715                     {
5716                         if ( m_selection )
5717                             m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
5718                     }
5719                 }
5720                 break;
5721
5722                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5723                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5724                 default:
5725                     break;
5726             }
5727         }
5728         return;
5729     }
5730
5731     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5732         return;
5733
5734     if (m_isDragging)
5735     {
5736         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5737             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5738         m_isDragging = false;
5739     }
5740
5741     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5742     //
5743     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5744     {
5745         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5746     }
5747
5748     // ------------ Left button pressed
5749     //
5750     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5751     {
5752         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5753         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5754         // wanting to resize the row
5755         //
5756         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5757         {
5758             row = YToRow(y);
5759             if ( row >= 0 &&
5760                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5761             {
5762                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5763                     ClearSelection();
5764                 if ( m_selection )
5765                 {
5766                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5767                     {
5768                         m_selection->SelectBlock
5769                                      (
5770                                         m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0,
5771                                         row, GetNumberCols() - 1,
5772                                         event
5773                                      );
5774                     }
5775                     else
5776                     {
5777                         m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
5778                     }
5779                 }
5780
5781                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5782             }
5783         }
5784         else
5785         {
5786             // starting to drag-resize a row
5787             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5788                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5789         }
5790     }
5791
5792     // ------------ Left double click
5793     //
5794     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5795     {
5796         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5797         if ( row < 0 )
5798         {
5799             row = YToRow(y);
5800             if ( row >=0 &&
5801                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5802             {
5803                 // no default action at the moment
5804             }
5805         }
5806         else
5807         {
5808             // adjust row height depending on label text
5809             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5810
5811             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
5812             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5813         }
5814     }
5815
5816     // ------------ Left button released
5817     //
5818     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5819     {
5820         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5821         {
5822             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5823
5824             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5825             // default processing in this case
5826             //
5827             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5828         }
5829
5830         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5831         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5832     }
5833
5834     // ------------ Right button down
5835     //
5836     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5837     {
5838         row = YToRow(y);
5839         if ( row >=0 &&
5840              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5841         {
5842             // no default action at the moment
5843         }
5844     }
5845
5846     // ------------ Right double click
5847     //
5848     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5849     {
5850         row = YToRow(y);
5851         if ( row >= 0 &&
5852              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5853         {
5854             // no default action at the moment
5855         }
5856     }
5857
5858     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5859     //
5860     else if ( event.Moving() )
5861     {
5862         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5863         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5864         {
5865             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5866             {
5867                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5868                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5869                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5870             }
5871         }
5872         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5873         {
5874             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5875         }
5876     }
5877 }
5878
5879 void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col)
5880 {
5881     wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" );
5882
5883     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5884         GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
5885     else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
5886         m_colWindow->Refresh();
5887     //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version
5888 }
5889
5890 void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending)
5891 {
5892     if ( col == m_sortCol )
5893     {
5894         // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all)
5895         // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it
5896         if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending )
5897         {
5898             m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
5899
5900             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
5901         }
5902     }
5903     else // we're changing the column used for sorting
5904     {
5905         const int sortColOld = m_sortCol;
5906
5907         // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn()
5908         // to return the correct new value
5909         m_sortCol = col;
5910
5911         if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND )
5912             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld);
5913
5914         if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
5915         {
5916             m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
5917             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
5918         }
5919     }
5920 }
5921
5922 void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col)
5923 {
5924     // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and
5925     // not vetoed
5926     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 )
5927     {
5928         SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true);
5929         Refresh();
5930     }
5931 }
5932
5933 void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col)
5934 {
5935     m_dragRowOrCol = col;
5936     m_dragLastPos = -1;
5937     DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5938 }
5939
5940 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x)
5941 {
5942     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5943     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5944     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5945
5946     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5947     PrepareDC( dc );
5948
5949     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5950     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5951     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5952     {
5953         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5954     }
5955     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5956     m_dragLastPos = x;
5957 }
5958
5959 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w)
5960 {
5961     DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w);
5962 }
5963
5964 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5965 {
5966     int x, y;
5967     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5968     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5969
5970     int col = XToCol(x);
5971     if ( event.Dragging() )
5972     {
5973         if (!m_isDragging)
5974         {
5975             m_isDragging = true;
5976             GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse();
5977
5978             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 )
5979                 DoStartMoveCol(col);
5980         }
5981
5982         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5983         {
5984             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5985             {
5986                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5987                 DoUpdateResizeCol(x);
5988                 break;
5989
5990                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5991                 {
5992                     if ( col != -1 )
5993                     {
5994                         if ( m_selection )
5995                             m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
5996                     }
5997                 }
5998                 break;
5999
6000                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
6001                 {
6002                     int posNew = XToPos(x);
6003                     int colNew = GetColAt(posNew);
6004
6005                     // determine the position of the drop marker
6006                     int markerX;
6007                     if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) )
6008                         markerX = GetColRight(colNew);
6009                     else
6010                         markerX = GetColLeft(colNew);
6011
6012                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
6013                     {
6014                         wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
6015                         DoPrepareDC(dc);
6016
6017                         int cw, ch;
6018                         GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6019
6020                         markerX++;
6021
6022                         //Clean up the last indicator
6023                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6024                         {
6025                             wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
6026                             dc.SetPen(pen);
6027                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
6028                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
6029
6030                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
6031                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
6032                         }
6033
6034                         const wxColour *color;
6035                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
6036                         if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol )
6037                             color = wxLIGHT_GREY;
6038                         else
6039                             color = wxBLUE;
6040
6041                         //Draw the marker
6042                         wxPen pen( *color, 2 );
6043                         dc.SetPen(pen);
6044
6045                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
6046
6047                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
6048
6049                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
6050                     }
6051                 }
6052                 break;
6053
6054                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
6055                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
6056                 default:
6057                     break;
6058             }
6059         }
6060         return;
6061     }
6062
6063     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
6064         return;
6065
6066     if (m_isDragging)
6067     {
6068         if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture())
6069             GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse();
6070         m_isDragging = false;
6071     }
6072
6073     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
6074     //
6075     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6076     {
6077         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
6078     }
6079
6080     // ------------ Left button pressed
6081     //
6082     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
6083     {
6084         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
6085         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
6086         // wanting to resize the col
6087         //
6088         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
6089         {
6090             if ( col >= 0 &&
6091                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
6092             {
6093                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
6094                 {
6095                     //Show button as pressed
6096                     wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
6097                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
6098                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
6099                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
6100                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
6101                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
6102
6103                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
6104                 }
6105                 else
6106                 {
6107                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
6108                         ClearSelection();
6109                     if ( m_selection )
6110                     {
6111                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6112                         {
6113                             m_selection->SelectBlock
6114                                          (
6115                                             0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6116                                             GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
6117                                             event
6118                                          );
6119                         }
6120                         else
6121                         {
6122                             m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
6123                         }
6124                     }
6125
6126                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
6127                 }
6128             }
6129         }
6130         else
6131         {
6132             // starting to drag-resize a col
6133             //
6134             if ( CanDragColSize() )
6135                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
6136         }
6137     }
6138
6139     // ------------ Left double click
6140     //
6141     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
6142     {
6143         const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
6144         if ( colEdge == -1 )
6145         {
6146             if ( col >= 0 &&
6147                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
6148             {
6149                 // no default action at the moment
6150             }
6151         }
6152         else
6153         {
6154             // adjust column width depending on label text
6155             AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge );
6156
6157             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
6158             m_dragLastPos = -1;
6159         }
6160     }
6161
6162     // ------------ Left button released
6163     //
6164     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
6165     {
6166         switch ( m_cursorMode )
6167         {
6168             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
6169                 DoEndDragResizeCol();
6170                 break;
6171
6172             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
6173                 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol )
6174                 {
6175                     // the column didn't actually move anywhere
6176                     if ( col != -1 )
6177                         DoColHeaderClick(col);
6178                     m_colWindow->Refresh();   // "unpress" the column
6179                 }
6180                 else
6181                 {
6182                     DoEndMoveCol(XToPos(x));
6183                 }
6184                 break;
6185
6186             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
6187             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
6188             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
6189             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
6190                 if ( col != -1 )
6191                     DoColHeaderClick(col);
6192                 break;
6193         }
6194
6195         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
6196         m_dragLastPos = -1;
6197     }
6198
6199     // ------------ Right button down
6200     //
6201     else if ( event.RightDown() )
6202     {
6203         if ( col >= 0 &&
6204              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
6205         {
6206             // no default action at the moment
6207         }
6208     }
6209
6210     // ------------ Right double click
6211     //
6212     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
6213     {
6214         if ( col >= 0 &&
6215              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
6216         {
6217             // no default action at the moment
6218         }
6219     }
6220
6221     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
6222     //
6223     else if ( event.Moving() )
6224     {
6225         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
6226         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
6227         {
6228             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6229             {
6230                 // don't capture the cursor yet
6231                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
6232                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
6233             }
6234         }
6235         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6236         {
6237             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
6238         }
6239     }
6240 }
6241
6242 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
6243 {
6244     if ( event.LeftDown() )
6245     {
6246         // indicate corner label by having both row and
6247         // col args == -1
6248         //
6249         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
6250         {
6251             SelectAll();
6252         }
6253     }
6254     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
6255     {
6256         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
6257     }
6258     else if ( event.RightDown() )
6259     {
6260         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
6261         {
6262             // no default action at the moment
6263         }
6264     }
6265     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
6266     {
6267         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
6268         {
6269             // no default action at the moment
6270         }
6271     }
6272 }
6273
6274 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
6275 {
6276     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
6277     if ( m_winCapture )
6278     {
6279         m_isDragging = false;
6280         m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6281
6282         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
6283         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6284         m_winCapture = NULL;
6285
6286         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
6287         Refresh();
6288     }
6289 }
6290
6291 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
6292                               wxWindow *win,
6293                               bool captureMouse)
6294 {
6295 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
6296     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
6297     {
6298         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
6299         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
6300         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
6301         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
6302         _T("SELECT_COL"),
6303         _T("MOVE_COL"),
6304     };
6305
6306     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
6307                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
6308                win == m_colWindow ? _T("colLabelWin")
6309                                   : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
6310                                         : _T("gridWin"),
6311                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
6312 #endif
6313
6314     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
6315          win == m_winCapture &&
6316          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
6317         return;
6318
6319     if ( !win )
6320     {
6321         // by default use the grid itself
6322         win = m_gridWin;
6323     }
6324
6325     if ( m_winCapture )
6326     {
6327         m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6328         m_winCapture = NULL;
6329     }
6330
6331     m_cursorMode = mode;
6332
6333     switch ( m_cursorMode )
6334     {
6335         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
6336             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
6337             break;
6338
6339         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
6340             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
6341             break;
6342
6343         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
6344             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
6345             break;
6346
6347         default:
6348             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6349             break;
6350     }
6351
6352     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
6353     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
6354                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
6355
6356     if ( captureMouse && resize )
6357     {
6358         win->CaptureMouse();
6359         m_winCapture = win;
6360     }
6361 }
6362
6363 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
6364 // grid mouse event processing
6365 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
6366
6367 void
6368 wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event,
6369                        const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6370                        bool isFirstDrag)
6371 {
6372     if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6373         return; // we're outside any valid cell
6374
6375     // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
6376     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
6377     {
6378         HideCellEditControl();
6379         SaveEditControlValue();
6380     }
6381
6382     switch ( event.GetModifiers() )
6383     {
6384         case wxMOD_CMD:
6385             if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
6386                 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
6387             UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords);
6388             break;
6389
6390         case wxMOD_NONE:
6391             if ( CanDragCell() )
6392             {
6393                 if ( isFirstDrag )
6394                 {
6395                     if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
6396                         m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
6397
6398                     SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event);
6399                     return;
6400                 }
6401             }
6402
6403             UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
6404             break;
6405
6406         default:
6407             // we don't handle the other key modifiers
6408             event.Skip();
6409     }
6410 }
6411
6412 void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper)
6413 {
6414     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
6415     PrepareDC(dc);
6416     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6417
6418     const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)),
6419                          m_gridWin->GetClientSize());
6420
6421     // erase the previously drawn line, if any
6422     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6423         oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
6424
6425     // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here
6426     m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()));
6427
6428     // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size
6429     const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) +
6430                         oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
6431     if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin )
6432         m_dragLastPos = posMin;
6433
6434     // and draw it at the new position
6435     oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
6436 }
6437
6438 void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
6439 {
6440     if ( !m_isDragging )
6441     {
6442         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far
6443         // enough
6444         const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition();
6445         if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition )
6446         {
6447             m_startDragPos = pt;
6448             return;
6449         }
6450
6451         if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY &&
6452                 abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY )
6453             return;
6454     }
6455
6456     const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
6457     m_isDragging = true;
6458
6459     switch ( m_cursorMode )
6460     {
6461         case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
6462             DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag);
6463             break;
6464
6465         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
6466             DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations());
6467             break;
6468
6469         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
6470             DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations());
6471             break;
6472
6473         default:
6474             event.Skip();
6475     }
6476
6477     if ( isFirstDrag )
6478     {
6479         m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
6480         m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
6481     }
6482 }
6483
6484 void
6485 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event,
6486                            const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6487                            const wxPoint& pos)
6488 {
6489     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) )
6490     {
6491         // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here
6492         return;
6493     }
6494
6495     if ( !event.CmdDown() )
6496         ClearSelection();
6497
6498     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
6499     {
6500         if ( m_selection )
6501         {
6502             m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event);
6503             m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
6504         }
6505     }
6506     else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
6507     {
6508         DisableCellEditControl();
6509         MakeCellVisible( coords );
6510
6511         if ( event.CmdDown() )
6512         {
6513             if ( m_selection )
6514             {
6515                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event);
6516             }
6517
6518             m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6519             m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6520             m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
6521         }
6522         else
6523         {
6524             m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords &&
6525                                         coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
6526             SetCurrentCell( coords );
6527         }
6528     }
6529 }
6530
6531 void
6532 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event,
6533                              const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6534                              const wxPoint& pos)
6535 {
6536     if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
6537     {
6538         if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) )
6539         {
6540             // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
6541             // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
6542             m_waitForSlowClick = true;
6543         }
6544     }
6545 }
6546
6547 void
6548 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
6549 {
6550     if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6551     {
6552         if (m_winCapture)
6553         {
6554             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
6555             m_winCapture = NULL;
6556         }
6557
6558         if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
6559         {
6560             ClearSelection();
6561             EnableCellEditControl();
6562
6563             wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
6564             wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
6565             editor->StartingClick();
6566             editor->DecRef();
6567             attr->DecRef();
6568
6569             m_waitForSlowClick = false;
6570         }
6571         else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6572              m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6573         {
6574             if ( m_selection )
6575             {
6576                 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
6577                                           m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
6578                                           event );
6579             }
6580
6581             m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6582             m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6583
6584             // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
6585             // drag-shrinking.
6586             ShowCellEditControl();
6587         }
6588     }
6589     else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
6590     {
6591         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6592         DoEndDragResizeRow();
6593
6594         // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6595         // default processing in this case
6596         //
6597         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
6598     }
6599     else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
6600     {
6601         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6602         DoEndDragResizeCol();
6603     }
6604
6605     m_dragLastPos = -1;
6606 }
6607
6608 void
6609 wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event),
6610                              const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6611                              const wxPoint& pos)
6612 {
6613     if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
6614     {
6615         // out of grid cell area
6616         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6617         return;
6618     }
6619
6620     int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y );
6621     int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x );
6622
6623     // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
6624     // directions is not implemented yet...
6625     //
6626     if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
6627     {
6628         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6629         return;
6630     }
6631
6632     if ( dragRow >= 0 )
6633     {
6634         m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
6635
6636         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6637         {
6638             if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6639                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
6640         }
6641     }
6642     // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by
6643     // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the
6644     // column resizing mode programmatically
6645     else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader )
6646     {
6647         m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
6648
6649         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6650         {
6651             if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
6652                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
6653         }
6654     }
6655     else // Neither on a row or col edge
6656     {
6657         if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
6658         {
6659             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6660         }
6661     }
6662 }
6663
6664 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
6665 {
6666     const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition());
6667
6668     // coordinates of the cell under mouse
6669     wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos);
6670
6671     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
6672     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6673     if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) )
6674     {
6675         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
6676         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
6677     }
6678
6679     if ( event.Dragging() )
6680     {
6681         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
6682             DoGridDragEvent(event, coords);
6683         else
6684             event.Skip();
6685         return;
6686     }
6687
6688     m_isDragging = false;
6689     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
6690
6691     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
6692     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
6693     //     wxGTK
6694 #if 0
6695     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
6696     {
6697         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
6698         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
6699     }
6700 #endif // 0
6701
6702     // deal with various button presses
6703     if ( event.IsButton() )
6704     {
6705         if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6706         {
6707             DisableCellEditControl();
6708
6709             if ( event.LeftDown() )
6710                 DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos);
6711             else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
6712                 DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos);
6713             else if ( event.RightDown() )
6714                 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event);
6715             else if ( event.RightDClick() )
6716                 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event);
6717         }
6718
6719         // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell
6720         if ( event.LeftUp() )
6721         {
6722             DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords);
6723         }
6724     }
6725     else if ( event.Moving() )
6726     {
6727         DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos);
6728     }
6729     else // unknown mouse event?
6730     {
6731         event.Skip();
6732     }
6733 }
6734
6735 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper)
6736 {
6737     if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 )
6738         return;
6739
6740     const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual();
6741
6742     const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize();
6743
6744     const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
6745
6746     // erase the last line we drew
6747     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
6748     PrepareDC(dc);
6749     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
6750
6751     const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin);
6752     const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size);
6753
6754     oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos);
6755
6756     // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing
6757     HideCellEditControl();
6758     SaveEditControlValue();
6759
6760     // do resize the line
6761     const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
6762     oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol,
6763                      wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart,
6764                            oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol)));
6765
6766     m_dragLastPos = -1;
6767
6768     // refresh now if we're not frozen
6769     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6770     {
6771         // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header
6772         // window
6773
6774         // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction
6775         wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0)));
6776         rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition()));
6777
6778         // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here,
6779         // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction
6780         oper.Select(rect) = 0;
6781
6782         wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(),
6783                           oper.MakeSize
6784                                (
6785                                     oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this),
6786                                     doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect)
6787                                ));
6788
6789         oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader);
6790
6791
6792         // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle
6793         if ( m_table )
6794         {
6795             oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size);
6796
6797             int subtractLines = 0;
6798             const int lineStart = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart);
6799             if ( lineStart >= 0 )
6800             {
6801                 // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of
6802                 // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a
6803                 // part of it is affected
6804                 const int lineEnd = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true);
6805                 for ( int line = lineStart; line < lineEnd; line++ )
6806                 {
6807                     int cellLines = oper.Select(
6808                         GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line)));
6809                     if ( cellLines < subtractLines )
6810                         subtractLines = cellLines;
6811                 }
6812             }
6813
6814             int startPos =
6815                 oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines);
6816             startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos);
6817
6818             doper.Select(rect) = startPos;
6819             doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos;
6820
6821             m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect);
6822         }
6823     }
6824
6825     // show the edit control back again
6826     ShowCellEditControl();
6827 }
6828
6829 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
6830 {
6831     DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations());
6832 }
6833
6834 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(wxMouseEvent *event)
6835 {
6836     DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations());
6837
6838     // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
6839     // default processing in this case
6840     //
6841     if ( event )
6842         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, *event );
6843     else
6844         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol );
6845 }
6846
6847 void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col)
6848 {
6849     m_dragRowOrCol = col;
6850 }
6851
6852 void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos)
6853 {
6854     wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" );
6855
6856     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 )
6857         SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos);
6858     //else: vetoed by user
6859
6860     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
6861 }
6862
6863 void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange()
6864 {
6865     // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed,
6866     // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the
6867     // same and it's easy to do
6868     if ( !m_colWidths.empty() )
6869     {
6870         int colRight = 0;
6871         for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
6872         {
6873             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
6874
6875             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
6876             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
6877         }
6878     }
6879
6880     // and make the changes visible
6881     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
6882     {
6883         if ( m_colAt.empty() )
6884             GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder();
6885         else
6886             GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt);
6887     }
6888     else
6889     {
6890         m_colWindow->Refresh();
6891     }
6892     m_gridWin->Refresh();
6893 }
6894
6895 void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order)
6896 {
6897     m_colAt = order;
6898
6899     RefreshAfterColPosChange();
6900 }
6901
6902 void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos)
6903 {
6904     // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed
6905     if ( m_colAt.empty() )
6906     {
6907         m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols);
6908         for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
6909             m_colAt.push_back(i);
6910     }
6911
6912     wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos);
6913
6914     RefreshAfterColPosChange();
6915 }
6916
6917 void wxGrid::ResetColPos()
6918 {
6919     m_colAt.clear();
6920
6921     RefreshAfterColPosChange();
6922 }
6923
6924 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
6925 {
6926     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
6927         return;
6928
6929     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
6930     {
6931         // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable
6932         GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
6933     }
6934
6935     m_canDragColMove = enable;
6936
6937     // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem
6938     // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current
6939     // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired
6940     // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed
6941 }
6942
6943
6944 //
6945 // ------ interaction with data model
6946 //
6947 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6948 {
6949     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6950     {
6951         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6952             return GetModelValues();
6953
6954         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6955             return SetModelValues();
6956
6957         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6958         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6959         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6960         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6961         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6962         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6963             return Redimension( msg );
6964
6965         default:
6966             return false;
6967     }
6968 }
6969
6970 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6971 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6972 // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6973 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6974 //
6975 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6976 {
6977     if ( m_table )
6978     {
6979         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6980             DisableCellEditControl();
6981
6982         m_table->Clear();
6983         if (!GetBatchCount())
6984             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6985     }
6986 }
6987
6988 bool
6989 wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t),
6990                       int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6991 {
6992     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
6993
6994     if ( !m_table )
6995         return false;
6996
6997     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6998         DisableCellEditControl();
6999
7000     return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num);
7001
7002     // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
7003     // operation to this view object as a grid table message
7004 }
7005
7006 bool
7007 wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t),
7008                       int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels))
7009 {
7010     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
7011
7012     if ( !m_table )
7013         return false;
7014
7015     return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num);
7016 }
7017
7018 //
7019 // ----- event handlers
7020 //
7021
7022 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return:
7023 //  -1 if the event was vetoed
7024 //  +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed)
7025 //   0 if the event wasn't handled
7026 int
7027 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type,
7028                   int row, int col,
7029                   wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
7030 {
7031    bool claimed, vetoed;
7032
7033    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
7034    {
7035        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
7036
7037        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
7038                type,
7039                this,
7040                rowOrCol,
7041                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
7042                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
7043                mouseEv);
7044
7045        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7046        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7047    }
7048    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
7049    {
7050        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
7051        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
7052                type,
7053                this,
7054                m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
7055                m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
7056                true,
7057                mouseEv);
7058
7059        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7060        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7061    }
7062    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
7063              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
7064              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
7065              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
7066    {
7067        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
7068
7069        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
7070            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
7071        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
7072            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
7073
7074        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
7075                type,
7076                this,
7077                row, col,
7078                pos.x,
7079                pos.y,
7080                false,
7081                mouseEv);
7082        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7083        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7084    }
7085    else
7086    {
7087        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
7088                type,
7089                this,
7090                row, col,
7091                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
7092                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
7093                false,
7094                mouseEv);
7095        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7096        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7097    }
7098
7099    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
7100    if (vetoed)
7101        return -1;
7102
7103    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
7104 }
7105
7106 // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above
7107 //
7108 int wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col)
7109 {
7110    bool claimed, vetoed;
7111
7112     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
7113     {
7114         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
7115
7116         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
7117
7118         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7119         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7120     }
7121     else
7122     {
7123         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
7124
7125         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
7126         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
7127      }
7128
7129     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
7130     if (vetoed)
7131         return -1;
7132
7133     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
7134 }
7135
7136 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
7137 {
7138     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
7139     wxPaintDC dc(this);
7140 }
7141
7142 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
7143 {
7144     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
7145     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
7146     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
7147     {
7148         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
7149         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
7150
7151         if (rect)
7152         {
7153             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
7154             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
7155             int x, y;
7156
7157             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
7158             rect_x = rect->GetX();
7159             rect_y = rect->GetY();
7160             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
7161             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
7162
7163             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
7164             if (width_label > rectWidth)
7165                 width_label = rectWidth;
7166
7167             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
7168             if (height_label > rectHeight)
7169                 height_label = rectHeight;
7170
7171             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
7172             {
7173                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
7174                 width_cell = rectWidth;
7175             }
7176             else
7177             {
7178                 x = 0;
7179                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
7180             }
7181
7182             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
7183             {
7184                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
7185                 height_cell = rectHeight;
7186             }
7187             else
7188             {
7189                 y = 0;
7190                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
7191             }
7192
7193             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
7194             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
7195             {
7196                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
7197                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
7198             }
7199
7200             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
7201             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
7202             {
7203                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
7204                 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
7205             }
7206
7207             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
7208             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
7209             {
7210                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
7211                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
7212             }
7213
7214             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
7215             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
7216             {
7217                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
7218                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
7219             }
7220         }
7221         else
7222         {
7223             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
7224             m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
7225             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
7226             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
7227         }
7228     }
7229 }
7230
7231 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
7232 {
7233     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
7234     {
7235         // reposition our children windows
7236         CalcWindowSizes();
7237     }
7238 }
7239
7240 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
7241 {
7242     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
7243     {
7244         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
7245         //
7246         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
7247     }
7248
7249     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
7250
7251     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
7252     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
7253     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
7254     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
7255
7256     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
7257     {
7258         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
7259         {
7260             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
7261                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
7262             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
7263                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
7264         }
7265
7266         // try local handlers
7267         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
7268         {
7269             case WXK_UP:
7270                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7271                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7272                 else
7273                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
7274                 break;
7275
7276             case WXK_DOWN:
7277                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7278                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7279                 else
7280                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7281                 break;
7282
7283             case WXK_LEFT:
7284                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7285                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7286                 else
7287                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
7288                 break;
7289
7290             case WXK_RIGHT:
7291                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7292                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
7293                 else
7294                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
7295                 break;
7296
7297             case WXK_RETURN:
7298             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
7299                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7300                 {
7301                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
7302                 }
7303                 else
7304                 {
7305                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
7306                     {
7307                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
7308                     }
7309                     else
7310                     {
7311                         // at the bottom of a column
7312                         DisableCellEditControl();
7313                     }
7314                 }
7315                 break;
7316
7317             case WXK_ESCAPE:
7318                 ClearSelection();
7319                 break;
7320
7321             case WXK_TAB:
7322                 if (event.ShiftDown())
7323                 {
7324                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
7325                     {
7326                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
7327                     }
7328                     else
7329                     {
7330                         // at left of grid
7331                         DisableCellEditControl();
7332                     }
7333                 }
7334                 else
7335                 {
7336                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
7337                     {
7338                         MoveCursorRight( false );
7339                     }
7340                     else
7341                     {
7342                         // at right of grid
7343                         DisableCellEditControl();
7344                     }
7345                 }
7346                 break;
7347
7348             case WXK_HOME:
7349                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7350                 {
7351                     GoToCell(0, 0);
7352                 }
7353                 else
7354                 {
7355                     event.Skip();
7356                 }
7357                 break;
7358
7359             case WXK_END:
7360                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
7361                 {
7362                     GoToCell(m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1);
7363                 }
7364                 else
7365                 {
7366                     event.Skip();
7367                 }
7368                 break;
7369
7370             case WXK_PAGEUP:
7371                 MovePageUp();
7372                 break;
7373
7374             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
7375                 MovePageDown();
7376                 break;
7377
7378             case WXK_SPACE:
7379                 // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the
7380                 // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything
7381                 switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE )
7382                 {
7383                     case wxMOD_CONTROL:
7384                         m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
7385                         break;
7386
7387                     case wxMOD_SHIFT:
7388                         m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow());
7389                         break;
7390
7391                     case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT:
7392                         m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0,
7393                                                  m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1);
7394                         break;
7395
7396                     case wxMOD_NONE:
7397                         if ( !IsEditable() )
7398                         {
7399                             MoveCursorRight(false);
7400                             break;
7401                         }
7402                         //else: fall through
7403
7404                     default:
7405                         event.Skip();
7406                 }
7407                 break;
7408
7409             default:
7410                 event.Skip();
7411                 break;
7412         }
7413     }
7414
7415     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
7416 }
7417
7418 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
7419 {
7420     // try local handlers
7421     //
7422     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
7423     {
7424         if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7425              m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7426         {
7427             if ( m_selection )
7428             {
7429                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
7430                     m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
7431                     m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
7432                     event);
7433             }
7434         }
7435
7436         m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7437         m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7438         m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
7439     }
7440 }
7441
7442 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
7443 {
7444     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
7445     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
7446     {
7447         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
7448         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7449         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7450         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7451         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7452
7453         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
7454         // other keys - ask the editor itself
7455         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
7456              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
7457         {
7458             // ensure cell is visble
7459             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
7460             EnableCellEditControl();
7461
7462             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
7463             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
7464             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
7465             // crash the app
7466             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7467                 editor->StartingKey(event);
7468         }
7469         else
7470         {
7471             event.Skip();
7472         }
7473
7474         editor->DecRef();
7475         attr->DecRef();
7476     }
7477     else
7478     {
7479         event.Skip();
7480     }
7481 }
7482
7483 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
7484 {
7485 }
7486
7487 bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7488 {
7489     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 )
7490     {
7491         // the event has been vetoed - do nothing
7492         return false;
7493     }
7494
7495 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7496     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7497     PrepareDC( dc );
7498 #endif
7499
7500     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
7501     {
7502         DisableCellEditControl();
7503
7504         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7505         {
7506             wxRect r;
7507             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
7508             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
7509             {
7510                 r.x--;
7511                 r.y--;
7512                 r.width++;
7513                 r.height++;
7514             }
7515
7516             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
7517
7518             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
7519             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7520
7521 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
7522             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
7523 #else
7524             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
7525             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
7526 #endif
7527         }
7528     }
7529
7530     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
7531
7532     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
7533 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7534     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
7535 #endif
7536     attr->DecRef();
7537
7538     return true;
7539 }
7540
7541 void
7542 wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol,
7543                                  int bottomRow, int rightCol)
7544 {
7545     if ( m_selection )
7546     {
7547         switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
7548         {
7549             default:
7550                 wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" );
7551                 // fall through
7552
7553             case wxGridSelectCells:
7554                 // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell
7555                 // coordinates as is
7556                 break;
7557
7558             case wxGridSelectRows:
7559                 // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select
7560                 // full rows
7561                 leftCol = 0;
7562                 rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
7563                 break;
7564
7565             case wxGridSelectColumns:
7566                 // same as above but for columns
7567                 topRow = 0;
7568                 bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
7569                 break;
7570
7571             case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
7572                 // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so
7573                 // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't
7574                 // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we
7575                 // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is
7576                 // not useful)
7577                 return;
7578         }
7579     }
7580
7581     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
7582     MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner);
7583
7584     EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow);
7585     EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol);
7586
7587     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol),
7588                      updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
7589
7590     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
7591     if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
7592          m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
7593     {
7594         wxRect rect;
7595         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
7596                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
7597         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
7598     }
7599
7600     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
7601     else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
7602               m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
7603     {
7604         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
7605         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
7606         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
7607         wxRect  rect[4];
7608         bool    need_refresh[4];
7609         need_refresh[0] =
7610         need_refresh[1] =
7611         need_refresh[2] =
7612         need_refresh[3] = false;
7613         int     i;
7614
7615         // Store intermediate values
7616         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol();
7617         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow();
7618         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol();
7619         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow();
7620
7621         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
7622         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol);
7623         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow);
7624         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight);
7625         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom);
7626
7627         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
7628         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
7629         // is contained in the other.
7630
7631         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
7632         {
7633             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7634             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
7635             need_refresh[0] = true;
7636             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7637                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
7638                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
7639         }
7640
7641         if ( oldTop < topRow )
7642         {
7643             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7644             // area above the old or new selection.
7645             need_refresh[1] = true;
7646             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7647                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
7648                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
7649         }
7650
7651         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
7652         {
7653             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7654             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
7655             need_refresh[2] = true;
7656             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7657                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
7658                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
7659         }
7660
7661         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
7662         {
7663             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
7664             // area below the old or new selection.
7665             need_refresh[3] = true;
7666             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
7667                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
7668                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
7669         }
7670
7671         // various Refresh() calls
7672         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
7673             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
7674                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
7675     }
7676
7677     // change selection
7678     m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
7679     m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
7680 }
7681
7682 //
7683 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
7684 //
7685
7686 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
7687 {
7688     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7689     HideCellEditControl();
7690
7691     if ( m_table )
7692     {
7693         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
7694         //
7695         m_gridWin->Refresh();
7696         return true;
7697     }
7698
7699     return false;
7700 }
7701
7702 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
7703 {
7704     int row, col;
7705
7706     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
7707     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
7708     // I think so ...
7709     DisableCellEditControl();
7710
7711     if ( m_table )
7712     {
7713         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
7714         {
7715             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
7716             {
7717                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
7718             }
7719         }
7720
7721         return true;
7722     }
7723
7724     return false;
7725 }
7726
7727 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
7728 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
7729 // CalcExposedCells)
7730 //
7731 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
7732 {
7733     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7734         return;
7735
7736     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
7737     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7738     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
7739
7740     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7741     {
7742         row = cells[i].GetRow();
7743         col = cells[i].GetCol();
7744         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7745
7746         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
7747         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7748         {
7749             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
7750             bool marked = false;
7751             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
7752             {
7753                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
7754                 {
7755                     marked = true;
7756                     break;
7757                 }
7758             }
7759
7760             if (!marked)
7761             {
7762                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7763                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
7764                 {
7765                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7766                     {
7767                         marked = true;
7768                         break;
7769                     }
7770                 }
7771
7772                 if (!marked)
7773                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7774             }
7775
7776             // don't bother drawing this cell
7777             continue;
7778         }
7779
7780         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7781         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7782         {
7783             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7784             {
7785                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
7786                 int left = col;
7787                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7788                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7789                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7790                     {
7791                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7792                     }
7793
7794                 if (left == col)
7795                     left = 0; // oh well
7796
7797                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7798                 {
7799                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7800                     {
7801                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7802                         {
7803                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7804                             bool marked = false;
7805
7806                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7807                             {
7808                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7809                                 {
7810                                     marked = true;
7811                                     break;
7812                                 }
7813                             }
7814
7815                             if (!marked)
7816                             {
7817                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7818                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7819                                 {
7820                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7821                                     {
7822                                         marked = true;
7823                                         break;
7824                                     }
7825                                 }
7826                                 if (!marked)
7827                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7828                             }
7829                         }
7830                         break;
7831                     }
7832                 }
7833             }
7834         }
7835
7836         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7837     }
7838
7839     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7840
7841     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
7842     {
7843         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7844     }
7845 }
7846
7847 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7848 {
7849   int cw, ch;
7850   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7851
7852   int right, bottom;
7853   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7854
7855   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
7856   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7857
7858   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7859   {
7860       int left, top;
7861       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7862
7863       dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour());
7864       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7865
7866       if ( right > rightCol )
7867       {
7868           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7869       }
7870
7871       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7872       {
7873           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7874       }
7875   }
7876 }
7877
7878 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7879 {
7880     int row = coords.GetRow();
7881     int col = coords.GetCol();
7882
7883     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7884         return;
7885
7886     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7887     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7888
7889     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7890
7891     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7892
7893     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7894     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7895     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7896     {
7897         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7898         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7899         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7900         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7901 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
7902         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7903         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7904         editor->DecRef();
7905 #endif
7906     }
7907     else
7908     {
7909         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7910         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7911         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7912         renderer->DecRef();
7913     }
7914
7915     attr->DecRef();
7916 }
7917
7918 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7919 {
7920     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
7921     if ( !HasFocus() )
7922         return;
7923
7924     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7925     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7926
7927     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7928         return;
7929
7930     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7931
7932     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7933     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7934     // it doesn't look really good
7935
7936     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7937
7938     if (penWidth > 0)
7939     {
7940         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7941         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
7942         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
7943         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
7944         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7945         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7946         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7947         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7948         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7949
7950         // Now draw the rectangle
7951         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7952         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7953         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground
7954                                                : m_cellHighlightColour,
7955                         penWidth));
7956         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7957         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7958     }
7959 }
7960
7961 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
7962 {
7963     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour());
7964 }
7965
7966 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
7967 {
7968     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7969 }
7970
7971 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
7972 {
7973     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
7974 }
7975
7976 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7977 {
7978     int row = coords.GetRow();
7979     int col = coords.GetCol();
7980     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7981         return;
7982
7983
7984     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7985
7986     // right hand border
7987     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
7988     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7989                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7990
7991     // bottom border
7992     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
7993     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7994                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7995 }
7996
7997 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7998 {
7999     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
8000     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
8001     //
8002     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8003          m_numRows && m_numCols )
8004     {
8005         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
8006     }
8007
8008     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8009     {
8010         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
8011         return;
8012     }
8013
8014     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
8015     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
8016     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
8017     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
8018     {
8019         wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n];
8020
8021         // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another
8022         // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor"
8023         // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by
8024         // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even
8025         // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment.
8026         if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
8027         {
8028             int rows = 0,
8029                 cols = 0;
8030             GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols);
8031
8032             if ( rows < 0 )
8033                 cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows);
8034
8035             if ( cols < 0 )
8036                 cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols);
8037         }
8038
8039         if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords )
8040         {
8041             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8042             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
8043             attr->DecRef();
8044
8045             break;
8046         }
8047     }
8048 }
8049
8050 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
8051 // has been changed
8052 //
8053 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
8054 {
8055     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
8056          return;
8057
8058     int top, bottom, left, right;
8059
8060     int cw, ch;
8061     m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
8062     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
8063     CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
8064
8065     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
8066     if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz )
8067     {
8068         if ( !m_numCols )
8069             return;
8070
8071         const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1));
8072         if ( right > lastColRight )
8073             right = lastColRight;
8074     }
8075
8076     if ( m_gridLinesClipVert )
8077     {
8078         if ( !m_numRows )
8079             return;
8080
8081         const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1);
8082         if ( bottom > lastRowBottom )
8083             bottom = lastRowBottom;
8084     }
8085
8086     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
8087     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
8088     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
8089     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
8090     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
8091
8092     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
8093
8094     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8095     wxRect rect;
8096
8097     for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
8098     {
8099         for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ )
8100         {
8101             int i = GetColAt( colPos );
8102
8103             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8104             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
8105             {
8106                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
8107                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8108                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
8109             }
8110             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
8111             {
8112                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
8113                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8114                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
8115             }
8116         }
8117     }
8118
8119     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
8120
8121
8122     // horizontal grid lines
8123     for ( int i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
8124     {
8125         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
8126
8127         if ( bot > bottom )
8128             break;
8129
8130         if ( bot >= top )
8131         {
8132             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
8133             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
8134         }
8135     }
8136
8137     // vertical grid lines
8138     for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
8139     {
8140         int i = GetColAt( colPos );
8141
8142         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
8143 #ifdef __WXGTK__
8144         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
8145 #endif
8146             colRight--;
8147
8148         if ( colRight > right )
8149             break;
8150
8151         if ( colRight >= left )
8152         {
8153             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
8154             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
8155         }
8156     }
8157
8158     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
8159 }
8160
8161 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
8162 {
8163     if ( !m_numRows )
8164         return;
8165
8166     const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
8167     for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
8168     {
8169         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
8170     }
8171 }
8172
8173 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
8174 {
8175     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
8176         return;
8177
8178     wxRect rect;
8179
8180     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
8181         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
8182
8183     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
8184     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
8185     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
8186     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
8187
8188     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8189     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
8190     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
8191
8192     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8193     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8194     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8195
8196     int hAlign, vAlign;
8197     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8198
8199     rect.SetX( 2 );
8200     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
8201     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
8202     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
8203     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
8204 }
8205
8206 void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native)
8207 {
8208     if ( native == m_useNativeHeader )
8209         return;
8210
8211     delete m_colWindow;
8212     m_useNativeHeader = native;
8213
8214     CreateColumnWindow();
8215
8216     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
8217         GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
8218     CalcWindowSizes();
8219 }
8220
8221 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
8222 {
8223     wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader,
8224                   "doesn't make sense when using native header" );
8225
8226     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
8227     if (native)
8228     {
8229         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
8230         SetColLabelSize( height );
8231     }
8232
8233     GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh();
8234     m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8235 }
8236
8237 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
8238 {
8239     if ( !m_numCols )
8240         return;
8241
8242     const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
8243     for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
8244     {
8245         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
8246     }
8247 }
8248
8249 void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc)
8250 {
8251     if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
8252     {
8253         wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight));
8254         rect.Deflate(1);
8255
8256         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0);
8257     }
8258     else
8259     {
8260         dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
8261         dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8262                      m_rowLabelWidth - 1, 0 );
8263         dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8264                      0, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8265         dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, 0 );
8266         dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, m_colLabelHeight );
8267
8268         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8269         dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, 1 );
8270         dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8271     }
8272 }
8273
8274 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col)
8275 {
8276     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
8277         return;
8278
8279     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
8280
8281     wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight);
8282
8283     if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
8284     {
8285         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton
8286                                 (
8287                                     GetColLabelWindow(),
8288                                     dc,
8289                                     rect,
8290                                     0,
8291                                     IsSortingBy(col)
8292                                         ? IsSortOrderAscending()
8293                                             ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP
8294                                             : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN
8295                                         : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE
8296                                 );
8297     }
8298     else
8299     {
8300         int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
8301
8302         dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
8303         dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0,
8304                      colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8305         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0,
8306                      colRight, 0 );
8307         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
8308                      colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8309
8310         dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
8311         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
8312         dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
8313     }
8314
8315     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT );
8316     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
8317     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
8318
8319     int hAlign, vAlign;
8320     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
8321     const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
8322
8323     rect.Deflate(2);
8324     DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient);
8325 }
8326
8327 // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which
8328 //       we just have to add textOrientation support
8329 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
8330                                 const wxString& value,
8331                                 const wxRect& rect,
8332                                 int horizAlign,
8333                                 int vertAlign,
8334                                 int textOrientation )
8335 {
8336     wxArrayString lines;
8337
8338     StringToLines( value, lines );
8339
8340     DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
8341 }
8342
8343 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
8344                                const wxArrayString& lines,
8345                                const wxRect& rect,
8346                                int horizAlign,
8347                                int vertAlign,
8348                                int textOrientation)
8349 {
8350     if ( lines.empty() )
8351         return;
8352
8353     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
8354
8355     long textWidth,
8356          textHeight;
8357
8358     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8359         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
8360     else
8361         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
8362
8363     int x = 0,
8364         y = 0;
8365     switch ( vertAlign )
8366     {
8367         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
8368             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8369                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
8370             else
8371                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
8372             break;
8373
8374         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8375             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8376                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
8377             else
8378                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
8379             break;
8380
8381         case wxALIGN_TOP:
8382         default:
8383             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8384                 y = rect.y + 1;
8385             else
8386                 x = rect.x + 1;
8387             break;
8388     }
8389
8390     // Align each line of a multi-line label
8391     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
8392     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
8393     {
8394         const wxString& line = lines[l];
8395
8396         if ( line.empty() )
8397         {
8398             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
8399             continue;
8400         }
8401
8402         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
8403              lineHeight = 0;
8404         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
8405
8406         switch ( horizAlign )
8407         {
8408             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
8409                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8410                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
8411                 else
8412                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
8413                 break;
8414
8415             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
8416                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8417                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
8418                 else
8419                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
8420                 break;
8421
8422             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
8423             default:
8424                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8425                     x = rect.x + 1;
8426                 else
8427                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
8428                 break;
8429         }
8430
8431         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
8432         {
8433             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
8434             y += lineHeight;
8435         }
8436         else
8437         {
8438             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
8439             x += lineHeight;
8440         }
8441     }
8442 }
8443
8444 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
8445 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
8446 //
8447 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
8448 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
8449 {
8450     int startPos = 0;
8451     int pos;
8452     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
8453     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
8454
8455     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8456     {
8457         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
8458         if ( pos < 0 )
8459         {
8460             break;
8461         }
8462         else if ( pos == 0 )
8463         {
8464             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
8465         }
8466         else
8467         {
8468             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
8469         }
8470
8471         startPos += pos + 1;
8472     }
8473
8474     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
8475     {
8476         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
8477     }
8478 }
8479
8480 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
8481                              const wxArrayString& lines,
8482                              long *width, long *height ) const
8483 {
8484     wxCoord w = 0;
8485     wxCoord h = 0;
8486     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
8487
8488     size_t i;
8489     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
8490     {
8491         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
8492         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
8493         h += lineH;
8494     }
8495
8496     *width = w;
8497     *height = h;
8498 }
8499
8500 //
8501 // ------ Batch processing.
8502 //
8503 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
8504 {
8505     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
8506     {
8507         m_batchCount--;
8508         if ( !m_batchCount )
8509         {
8510             CalcDimensions();
8511             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8512             m_colWindow->Refresh();
8513             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8514             m_gridWin->Refresh();
8515         }
8516     }
8517 }
8518
8519 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
8520 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
8521 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
8522 //
8523 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
8524 {
8525     BeginBatch();
8526     EndBatch();
8527 }
8528
8529 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
8530 {
8531     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
8532         return false;
8533
8534     // redraw in the new state
8535     m_gridWin->Refresh();
8536
8537     return true;
8538 }
8539
8540 //
8541 // ------ Edit control functions
8542 //
8543
8544 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
8545 {
8546     if ( edit != m_editable )
8547     {
8548         if (!edit)
8549             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
8550         m_editable = edit;
8551     }
8552 }
8553
8554 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
8555 {
8556     if (! m_editable)
8557         return;
8558
8559     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8560     {
8561         if ( enable )
8562         {
8563             if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 )
8564                 return;
8565
8566             // this should be checked by the caller!
8567             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
8568
8569             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
8570             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8571
8572             ShowCellEditControl();
8573         }
8574         else
8575         {
8576             //FIXME:add veto support
8577             SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
8578
8579             HideCellEditControl();
8580             SaveEditControlValue();
8581
8582             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
8583             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
8584         }
8585     }
8586 }
8587
8588 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
8589 {
8590     // const_cast
8591     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
8592     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
8593     attr->DecRef();
8594
8595     return readonly;
8596 }
8597
8598 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
8599 {
8600     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
8601         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
8602 }
8603
8604 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
8605 {
8606     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
8607     // current one if it's read only
8608     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
8609 }
8610
8611 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
8612 {
8613     bool isShown = false;
8614
8615     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
8616     {
8617         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8618         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8619         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8620         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
8621         attr->DecRef();
8622
8623         if ( editor )
8624         {
8625             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
8626             {
8627                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
8628             }
8629
8630             editor->DecRef();
8631         }
8632     }
8633
8634     return isShown;
8635 }
8636
8637 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
8638 {
8639     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8640     {
8641         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
8642         {
8643             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
8644             return;
8645         }
8646         else
8647         {
8648             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
8649             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8650             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8651
8652             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
8653             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
8654             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8655             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
8656             {
8657                 row += cell_rows;
8658                 col += cell_cols;
8659                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
8660                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
8661             }
8662
8663             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
8664             // might not cover the entire cell
8665             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
8666             PrepareDC( dc );
8667             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8668             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour()));
8669             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
8670             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
8671
8672             // convert to scrolled coords
8673             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8674
8675             int nXMove = 0;
8676             if (rect.x < 0)
8677                 nXMove = rect.x;
8678
8679             // cell is shifted by one pixel
8680             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
8681             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
8682             // "don't change."
8683             if (rect.x > 0)
8684                 rect.x--;
8685             if (rect.y > 0)
8686                 rect.y--;
8687
8688             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8689             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
8690             {
8691                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
8692                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
8693
8694                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
8695                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
8696                                              this,
8697                                              row,
8698                                              col,
8699                                              editor->GetControl());
8700                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
8701             }
8702
8703             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
8704             int maxWidth = rect.width;
8705             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
8706             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
8707             {
8708                 int y;
8709                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
8710                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
8711                     maxWidth = rect.width;
8712             }
8713
8714             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8715             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
8716                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
8717
8718             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
8719             {
8720                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8721                 // may have changed earlier
8722                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
8723                 {
8724                     int c_rows, c_cols;
8725                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
8726
8727                     // looks weird going over a multicell
8728                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
8729                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
8730                     {
8731                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
8732                     }
8733                     else
8734                         break;
8735                 }
8736
8737                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
8738                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
8739             }
8740
8741             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
8742             editor->SetSize( rect );
8743             if (nXMove != 0)
8744                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
8745                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
8746                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
8747             editor->Show( true, attr );
8748
8749             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
8750             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
8751             CalcDimensions();
8752
8753             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
8754             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
8755
8756             editor->DecRef();
8757             attr->DecRef();
8758         }
8759     }
8760 }
8761
8762 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
8763 {
8764     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8765     {
8766         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8767         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8768
8769         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8770         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8771         const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus();
8772         editor->Show( false );
8773         editor->DecRef();
8774         attr->DecRef();
8775
8776         // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it
8777         //
8778         // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing
8779         // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the
8780         // editor precisely because we lost focus
8781         if ( editorHadFocus )
8782             m_gridWin->SetFocus();
8783
8784         // refresh whole row to the right
8785         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
8786         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8787         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8788
8789 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8790         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8791         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8792 #endif
8793
8794         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8795     }
8796 }
8797
8798 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8799 {
8800     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8801     {
8802         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8803         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8804
8805         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8806
8807         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8808         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8809         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8810
8811         editor->DecRef();
8812         attr->DecRef();
8813
8814         if (changed)
8815         {
8816             if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) == -1 )
8817             {
8818                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8819                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8820             }
8821         }
8822     }
8823 }
8824
8825 //
8826 // ------ Grid location functions
8827 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8828 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8829 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8830 //
8831
8832 wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const
8833 {
8834     int row = YToRow(y);
8835     int col = XToCol(x);
8836
8837     return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords
8838                                   : wxGridCellCoords(row, col);
8839 }
8840
8841 // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8842 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of
8843 // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly (linear search shouldn't be used
8844 // for large grids)
8845 int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord,
8846                          bool clipToMinMax,
8847                          const wxGridOperations& oper) const
8848 {
8849     const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
8850
8851     if ( coord < 0 )
8852         return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND;
8853
8854     const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this);
8855     wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" );
8856
8857     int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize,
8858         minPos = 0;
8859
8860     // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes
8861     // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in
8862     const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this);
8863     if ( lineEnds.empty() )
8864     {
8865         if ( maxPos < numLines )
8866             return maxPos;
8867
8868         return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1;
8869     }
8870
8871
8872     // adjust maxPos before starting the binary search
8873     if ( maxPos >= numLines )
8874     {
8875         maxPos = numLines  - 1;
8876     }
8877     else
8878     {
8879         if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)])
8880         {
8881             minPos = maxPos;
8882             const int minDist = oper.GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(this);
8883             if ( minDist )
8884                 maxPos = coord / minDist;
8885             else
8886                 maxPos = numLines - 1;
8887         }
8888
8889         if ( maxPos >= numLines )
8890             maxPos = numLines  - 1;
8891     }
8892
8893     // check if the position is beyond the last column
8894     const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos);
8895     if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] )
8896         return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1;
8897
8898     // or before the first one
8899     const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0);
8900     if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] )
8901         return 0;
8902
8903
8904     // finally do perform the binary search
8905     while ( minPos < maxPos )
8906     {
8907         wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord &&
8908                         coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)],
8909                      -1,
8910                      "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" );
8911
8912         if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] )
8913             return maxPos;
8914         else
8915             maxPos--;
8916
8917         const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
8918         if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] )
8919             maxPos = median;
8920         else
8921             minPos = median;
8922     }
8923
8924     return maxPos;
8925 }
8926
8927 int
8928 wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord,
8929                   bool clipToMinMax,
8930                   const wxGridOperations& oper) const
8931 {
8932     int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper);
8933
8934     return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos);
8935 }
8936
8937 int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const
8938 {
8939     return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations());
8940 }
8941
8942 int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const
8943 {
8944     return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations());
8945 }
8946
8947 int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const
8948 {
8949     return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations());
8950 }
8951
8952 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or -1 if
8953 // not near an edge.
8954 //
8955 // coords can only possibly be near an edge if
8956 //    (a) the row/column is large enough to still allow for an "inner" area
8957 //        that is _not_ near the edge (i.e., if the height/width is smaller
8958 //        than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, coords are _never_ considered to be
8959 //        near the edge).
8960 //   and
8961 //    (b) resizing rows/columns (the thing for which edge detection is
8962 //        relevant at all) is enabled.
8963 //
8964 int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const
8965 {
8966     if ( !oper.CanResizeLines(this) )
8967         return -1;
8968
8969     const int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true);
8970
8971     if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8972     {
8973         // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough
8974         // to start or end border, respectively.
8975         if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8976             return line;
8977         else if ( line > 0 &&
8978                     pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this,
8979                                                line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8980             return line - 1;
8981     }
8982
8983     return -1;
8984 }
8985
8986 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const
8987 {
8988     return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations());
8989 }
8990
8991 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const
8992 {
8993     return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations());
8994 }
8995
8996 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
8997 {
8998     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8999
9000     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
9001          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
9002     {
9003         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
9004         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
9005         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
9006         // if negative then find multicell owner
9007         if (cell_rows < 0)
9008             row += cell_rows;
9009         if (cell_cols < 0)
9010              col += cell_cols;
9011         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
9012
9013         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
9014         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
9015         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
9016             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
9017         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
9018             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
9019     }
9020
9021     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
9022     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
9023     {
9024         rect.width -= 1;
9025         rect.height -= 1;
9026     }
9027
9028     return rect;
9029 }
9030
9031 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
9032 {
9033     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
9034     //
9035     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
9036
9037     // convert to device coords
9038     //
9039     int left, top, right, bottom;
9040     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
9041     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
9042
9043     // check against the client area of the grid window
9044     int cw, ch;
9045     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9046
9047     if ( wholeCellVisible )
9048     {
9049         // is the cell wholly visible ?
9050         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
9051                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
9052     }
9053     else
9054     {
9055         // is the cell partly visible ?
9056         //
9057         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
9058                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
9059     }
9060 }
9061
9062 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
9063 // of scrolling
9064 //
9065 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
9066 {
9067     int i;
9068     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
9069
9070     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
9071          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
9072     {
9073         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
9074         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
9075
9076         // convert to device coords
9077         int left, top, right, bottom;
9078         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
9079         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
9080
9081         int cw, ch;
9082         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9083
9084         if ( top < 0 )
9085         {
9086             ypos = r.GetTop();
9087         }
9088         else if ( bottom > ch )
9089         {
9090             int h = r.GetHeight();
9091             ypos = r.GetTop();
9092             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
9093             {
9094                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
9095                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
9096                     break;
9097
9098                 h += rowHeight;
9099                 ypos -= rowHeight;
9100             }
9101
9102             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
9103             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
9104             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
9105             //
9106             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
9107             // so just add a full scroll unit...
9108             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
9109         }
9110
9111         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
9112         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
9113         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
9114 //      if ( left < 0 )
9115         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
9116         {
9117             xpos = r.GetLeft();
9118         }
9119         else if ( right > cw )
9120         {
9121             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
9122             int x0, y0;
9123             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
9124             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
9125
9126             // see comment for ypos above
9127             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
9128         }
9129
9130         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
9131         {
9132             if ( xpos != -1 )
9133                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
9134             if ( ypos != -1 )
9135                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
9136             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
9137             AdjustScrollbars();
9138         }
9139     }
9140 }
9141
9142 //
9143 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
9144 //
9145
9146 bool
9147 wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection,
9148                      const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
9149 {
9150     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9151         return false;
9152
9153     if ( expandSelection )
9154     {
9155         wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner;
9156         if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9157             coords = m_currentCellCoords;
9158
9159         if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
9160             return false;
9161
9162         diroper.Advance(coords);
9163
9164         UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
9165     }
9166     else // don't expand selection
9167     {
9168         ClearSelection();
9169
9170         if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
9171             return false;
9172
9173         wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords;
9174         diroper.Advance(coords);
9175
9176         GoToCell(coords);
9177     }
9178
9179     return true;
9180 }
9181
9182 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection)
9183 {
9184     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
9185                         wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
9186 }
9187
9188 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection)
9189 {
9190     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
9191                         wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
9192 }
9193
9194 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection)
9195 {
9196     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
9197                         wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
9198 }
9199
9200 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection)
9201 {
9202     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
9203                         wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
9204 }
9205
9206 bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
9207 {
9208     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9209         return false;
9210
9211     if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
9212         return false;
9213
9214     const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9215     int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y);
9216     if ( newRow == oldRow )
9217     {
9218         wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
9219         diroper.Advance(coords);
9220         newRow = coords.GetRow();
9221     }
9222
9223     GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
9224
9225     return true;
9226 }
9227
9228 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
9229 {
9230     return DoMoveCursorByPage(
9231                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
9232 }
9233
9234 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
9235 {
9236     return DoMoveCursorByPage(
9237                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
9238 }
9239
9240 // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper
9241 // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end
9242 void
9243 wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords,
9244                               const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
9245 {
9246     while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
9247     {
9248         diroper.Advance(coords);
9249         if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
9250             break;
9251     }
9252 }
9253
9254 bool
9255 wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection,
9256                             const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
9257 {
9258     if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
9259         return false;
9260
9261     if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
9262         return false;
9263
9264     wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
9265     if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
9266     {
9267         // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells
9268         AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
9269     }
9270     else // current cell is not empty
9271     {
9272         diroper.Advance(coords);
9273         if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
9274         {
9275             // we started at the end of a block, find the next one
9276             AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
9277         }
9278         else // we're in a middle of a block
9279         {
9280             // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next
9281             // empty one
9282             while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
9283             {
9284                 wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords);
9285                 diroper.Advance(coordsNext);
9286                 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) )
9287                     break;
9288
9289                 coords = coordsNext;
9290             }
9291         }
9292     }
9293
9294     if ( expandSelection )
9295     {
9296         UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
9297     }
9298     else
9299     {
9300         ClearSelection();
9301         GoToCell(coords);
9302     }
9303
9304     return true;
9305 }
9306
9307 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection)
9308 {
9309     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
9310                 expandSelection,
9311                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
9312            );
9313 }
9314
9315 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
9316 {
9317     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
9318                 expandSelection,
9319                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
9320            );
9321 }
9322
9323 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
9324 {
9325     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
9326                 expandSelection,
9327                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
9328            );
9329 }
9330
9331 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
9332 {
9333     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
9334                 expandSelection,
9335                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
9336            );
9337 }
9338
9339 //
9340 // ------ Label values and formatting
9341 //
9342
9343 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9344 {
9345     if ( horiz )
9346         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
9347     if ( vert )
9348         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
9349 }
9350
9351 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9352 {
9353     if ( horiz )
9354         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
9355     if ( vert )
9356         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
9357 }
9358
9359 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
9360 {
9361     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
9362 }
9363
9364 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
9365 {
9366     if ( m_table )
9367     {
9368         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
9369     }
9370     else
9371     {
9372         wxString s;
9373         s << row;
9374         return s;
9375     }
9376 }
9377
9378 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
9379 {
9380     if ( m_table )
9381     {
9382         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
9383     }
9384     else
9385     {
9386         wxString s;
9387         s << col;
9388         return s;
9389     }
9390 }
9391
9392 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
9393 {
9394     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9395
9396     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9397     {
9398         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
9399     }
9400
9401     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
9402     {
9403         if ( width == 0 )
9404         {
9405             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
9406             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9407         }
9408         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
9409         {
9410             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
9411             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
9412                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9413         }
9414
9415         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
9416         CalcWindowSizes();
9417         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9418     }
9419 }
9420
9421 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
9422 {
9423     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
9424
9425     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
9426     {
9427         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
9428     }
9429
9430     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
9431     {
9432         if ( height == 0 )
9433         {
9434             m_colWindow->Show( false );
9435             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
9436         }
9437         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
9438         {
9439             m_colWindow->Show( true );
9440             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
9441                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
9442         }
9443
9444         m_colLabelHeight = height;
9445         CalcWindowSizes();
9446         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
9447     }
9448 }
9449
9450 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
9451 {
9452     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
9453     {
9454         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
9455         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9456         m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9457         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
9458
9459         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9460         {
9461             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9462             m_colWindow->Refresh();
9463             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
9464         }
9465     }
9466 }
9467
9468 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
9469 {
9470     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
9471     {
9472         m_labelTextColour = colour;
9473         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9474         {
9475             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9476             m_colWindow->Refresh();
9477         }
9478     }
9479 }
9480
9481 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
9482 {
9483     m_labelFont = font;
9484     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9485     {
9486         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9487         m_colWindow->Refresh();
9488     }
9489 }
9490
9491 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9492 {
9493     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9494     switch ( horiz )
9495     {
9496         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9497         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9498         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9499     }
9500
9501     switch ( vert )
9502     {
9503         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9504         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9505         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9506     }
9507
9508     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9509     {
9510         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9511     }
9512
9513     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9514     {
9515         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
9516     }
9517
9518     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9519     {
9520         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
9521     }
9522 }
9523
9524 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9525 {
9526     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
9527     switch ( horiz )
9528     {
9529         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
9530         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
9531         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9532     }
9533
9534     switch ( vert )
9535     {
9536         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
9537         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
9538         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
9539     }
9540
9541     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
9542     {
9543         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
9544     }
9545
9546     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
9547     {
9548         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
9549     }
9550
9551     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9552     {
9553         m_colWindow->Refresh();
9554     }
9555 }
9556
9557 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
9558 //       does not support vertical printing
9559 //
9560 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9561 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9562 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9563 //
9564 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9565 {
9566     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9567         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9568
9569     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9570         m_colWindow->Refresh();
9571 }
9572
9573 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9574 {
9575     if ( m_table )
9576     {
9577         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9578         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9579         {
9580             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9581             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9582             {
9583                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9584                 rect.x = 0;
9585                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9586                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9587             }
9588         }
9589     }
9590 }
9591
9592 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9593 {
9594     if ( m_table )
9595     {
9596         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9597         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9598         {
9599             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
9600             {
9601                 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
9602             }
9603             else
9604             {
9605                 wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9606                 if ( rect.width > 0 )
9607                 {
9608                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9609                     rect.y = 0;
9610                     rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9611                     GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
9612                 }
9613             }
9614         }
9615     }
9616 }
9617
9618 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9619 {
9620     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9621     {
9622         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9623
9624         if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
9625             RedrawGridLines();
9626     }
9627 }
9628
9629 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9630 {
9631     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9632     {
9633         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9634
9635         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9636         PrepareDC( dc );
9637         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9638         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9639         attr->DecRef();
9640     }
9641 }
9642
9643 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9644 {
9645     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9646     {
9647         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9648
9649         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9650         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9651         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9652         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9653         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9654             return;
9655
9656         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9657         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9658     }
9659 }
9660
9661 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9662 {
9663     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9664     {
9665         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9666
9667         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9668         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9669         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9670         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9671         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
9672                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9673             return;
9674
9675         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9676         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9677     }
9678 }
9679
9680 void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines()
9681 {
9682     // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn
9683     if ( GetBatchCount() )
9684         return;
9685
9686     if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
9687     {
9688         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9689         PrepareDC( dc );
9690         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9691     }
9692     else // remove the grid lines
9693     {
9694         m_gridWin->Refresh();
9695     }
9696 }
9697
9698 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9699 {
9700     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9701     {
9702         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9703
9704         RedrawGridLines();
9705     }
9706 }
9707
9708 void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip)
9709 {
9710     if ( clip != var )
9711     {
9712         var = clip;
9713
9714         if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
9715             RedrawGridLines();
9716     }
9717 }
9718
9719 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
9720 {
9721     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9722 }
9723
9724 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
9725 {
9726     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9727
9728     return GetRowHeight(row);
9729 }
9730
9731 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
9732 {
9733     return m_defaultColWidth;
9734 }
9735
9736 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
9737 {
9738     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9739
9740     return GetColWidth(col);
9741 }
9742
9743 // ============================================================================
9744 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9745 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9746 // ============================================================================
9747
9748 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9749 // setting default attributes
9750 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9751
9752 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9753 {
9754     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9755 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9756     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9757 #endif
9758 }
9759
9760 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9761 {
9762     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9763 }
9764
9765 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9766 {
9767     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9768 }
9769
9770 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9771 {
9772     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9773 }
9774
9775 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9776 {
9777     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9778 }
9779
9780 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9781 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9782 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9783 // work correctly.
9784
9785 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9786 {
9787     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9788                      renderer,
9789                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9790 }
9791
9792 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9793 {
9794     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9795                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9796                      editor);
9797 }
9798
9799 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9800 // access to the default attributes
9801 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9802
9803 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
9804 {
9805     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9806 }
9807
9808 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
9809 {
9810     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9811 }
9812
9813 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
9814 {
9815     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9816 }
9817
9818 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9819 {
9820     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9821 }
9822
9823 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
9824 {
9825     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9826 }
9827
9828 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9829 {
9830     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9831 }
9832
9833 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9834 {
9835     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9836 }
9837
9838 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9839 // access to cell attributes
9840 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9841
9842 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
9843 {
9844     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9845     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9846     attr->DecRef();
9847
9848     return colour;
9849 }
9850
9851 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
9852 {
9853     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9854     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9855     attr->DecRef();
9856
9857     return colour;
9858 }
9859
9860 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
9861 {
9862     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9863     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9864     attr->DecRef();
9865
9866     return font;
9867 }
9868
9869 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
9870 {
9871     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9872     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9873     attr->DecRef();
9874 }
9875
9876 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
9877 {
9878     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9879     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9880     attr->DecRef();
9881
9882     return allow;
9883 }
9884
9885 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
9886 {
9887     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9888     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9889     attr->DecRef();
9890 }
9891
9892 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
9893 {
9894     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9895     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9896     attr->DecRef();
9897
9898     return renderer;
9899 }
9900
9901 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
9902 {
9903     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9904     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9905     attr->DecRef();
9906
9907     return editor;
9908 }
9909
9910 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9911 {
9912     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9913     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9914     attr->DecRef();
9915
9916     return isReadOnly;
9917 }
9918
9919 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9920 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9921 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9922
9923 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
9924 {
9925     if ( !m_table )
9926     {
9927         return false;
9928     }
9929
9930     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9931 }
9932
9933 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9934 {
9935     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9936     {
9937         wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
9938         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9939         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9940         // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
9941         // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
9942         // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
9943         // to invalidate the cache  before calling wxSafeDecRef!
9944         wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
9945     }
9946 }
9947
9948 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9949 {
9950     if ( attr != NULL )
9951     {
9952         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9953
9954         self->ClearAttrCache();
9955         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9956         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9957         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9958         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9959     }
9960 }
9961
9962 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9963 {
9964     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9965     {
9966         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9967         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9968
9969 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9970         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9971 #endif
9972
9973         return true;
9974     }
9975     else
9976     {
9977 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9978         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9979 #endif
9980
9981         return false;
9982     }
9983 }
9984
9985 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9986 {
9987     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9988     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9989     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9990     if ( row >= 0 )
9991     {
9992         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9993         {
9994             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9995                            : NULL;
9996             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9997         }
9998     }
9999
10000     if (attr)
10001     {
10002         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10003     }
10004     else
10005     {
10006         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
10007         attr->IncRef();
10008     }
10009
10010     return attr;
10011 }
10012
10013 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
10014 {
10015     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
10016     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
10017
10018     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
10019     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
10020
10021     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
10022     if ( !attr )
10023     {
10024         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
10025
10026         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
10027         attr->IncRef();
10028         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10029     }
10030
10031     return attr;
10032 }
10033
10034 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10035 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
10036 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10037
10038 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
10039 {
10040     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
10041 }
10042
10043 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
10044 {
10045     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
10046 }
10047
10048 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
10049 {
10050     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
10051     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
10052     {
10053         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
10054     }
10055
10056     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
10057 }
10058
10059 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
10060 {
10061     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
10062     if (!attr)
10063         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
10064     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10065     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10066     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10067     attr->SetEditor(editor);
10068
10069     SetColAttr(col, attr);
10070
10071 }
10072
10073 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10074 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
10075 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10076
10077 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10078 {
10079     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10080     {
10081         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
10082         ClearAttrCache();
10083     }
10084     else
10085     {
10086         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10087     }
10088 }
10089
10090 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10091 {
10092     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10093     {
10094         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
10095         ClearAttrCache();
10096     }
10097     else
10098     {
10099         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10100     }
10101 }
10102
10103 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
10104 {
10105     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10106     {
10107         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
10108         ClearAttrCache();
10109     }
10110     else
10111     {
10112         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
10113     }
10114 }
10115
10116 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10117 {
10118     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10119     {
10120         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10121         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
10122         attr->DecRef();
10123     }
10124 }
10125
10126 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
10127 {
10128     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10129     {
10130         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10131         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
10132         attr->DecRef();
10133     }
10134 }
10135
10136 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
10137 {
10138     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10139     {
10140         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10141         attr->SetFont(font);
10142         attr->DecRef();
10143     }
10144 }
10145
10146 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
10147 {
10148     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10149     {
10150         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10151         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
10152         attr->DecRef();
10153     }
10154 }
10155
10156 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
10157 {
10158     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10159     {
10160         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10161         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
10162         attr->DecRef();
10163     }
10164 }
10165
10166 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
10167 {
10168     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10169     {
10170         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
10171
10172         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10173         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
10174         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
10175         attr->DecRef();
10176
10177         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
10178         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
10179         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
10180         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
10181         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
10182                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
10183         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
10184                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
10185
10186         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
10187         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
10188         {
10189             int i, j;
10190             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
10191             {
10192                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
10193                 {
10194                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10195                     {
10196                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10197                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
10198                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10199                     }
10200                 }
10201             }
10202         }
10203
10204         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
10205         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
10206         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
10207         {
10208             int i, j;
10209             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
10210             {
10211                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
10212                 {
10213                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
10214                     {
10215                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
10216                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
10217                         attr_stub->DecRef();
10218                     }
10219                 }
10220             }
10221         }
10222     }
10223 }
10224
10225 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
10226 {
10227     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10228     {
10229         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10230         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
10231         attr->DecRef();
10232     }
10233 }
10234
10235 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10236 {
10237     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10238     {
10239         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10240         attr->SetEditor(editor);
10241         attr->DecRef();
10242     }
10243 }
10244
10245 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
10246 {
10247     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
10248     {
10249         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
10250         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
10251         attr->DecRef();
10252     }
10253 }
10254
10255 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10256 // Data type registration
10257 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10258
10259 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
10260                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
10261                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
10262 {
10263     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
10264 }
10265
10266
10267 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
10268 {
10269     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10270     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
10271 }
10272
10273 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
10274 {
10275     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
10276     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
10277 }
10278
10279 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10280 {
10281     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10282     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10283     {
10284         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10285
10286         return NULL;
10287     }
10288
10289     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
10290 }
10291
10292 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
10293 {
10294     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
10295     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
10296     {
10297         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
10298
10299         return NULL;
10300     }
10301
10302     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
10303 }
10304
10305 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10306 // row/col size
10307 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10308
10309 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
10310 {
10311     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
10312 }
10313
10314 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
10315 {
10316     m_canDragColSize = enable;
10317 }
10318
10319 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
10320 {
10321     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
10322 }
10323
10324 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
10325 {
10326     m_canDragCell = enable;
10327 }
10328
10329 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
10330 {
10331     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
10332
10333     if ( resizeExistingRows )
10334     {
10335         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
10336         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
10337         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10338         // some speed optimisations)
10339         m_rowHeights.Empty();
10340         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
10341         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10342             CalcDimensions();
10343     }
10344 }
10345
10346 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
10347 {
10348     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
10349
10350     // if < 0 then calculate new height from label
10351     if ( height < 0 )
10352     {
10353         long w, h;
10354         wxArrayString lines;
10355         wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
10356         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10357         StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
10358         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10359         //check that it is not less than the minimal height
10360         height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
10361     }
10362
10363     // See comment in SetColSize
10364     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10365         return;
10366
10367     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
10368     {
10369         // need to really create the array
10370         InitRowHeights();
10371     }
10372
10373     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
10374     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
10375
10376     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
10377     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
10378     {
10379         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
10380     }
10381
10382     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10383         CalcDimensions();
10384 }
10385
10386 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
10387 {
10388     // we dont allow zero default column width
10389     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
10390
10391     if ( resizeExistingCols )
10392     {
10393         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
10394         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
10395         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
10396         // some speed optimisations)
10397         m_colWidths.Empty();
10398         m_colRights.Empty();
10399         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10400             CalcDimensions();
10401     }
10402 }
10403
10404 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
10405 {
10406     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
10407
10408     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
10409     if ( width < 0 )
10410     {
10411         long w, h;
10412         wxArrayString lines;
10413         wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow);
10414         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10415         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
10416         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10417             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10418         else
10419             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10420         width = w + 6;
10421         //check that it is not less than the minimal width
10422         width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
10423     }
10424
10425     // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than
10426     // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with
10427     // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see
10428     // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special
10429     // sense of hiding the column
10430     if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
10431         return;
10432
10433     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
10434     {
10435         // need to really create the array
10436         InitColWidths();
10437     }
10438
10439     const int diff = width - m_colWidths[col];
10440     m_colWidths[col] = width;
10441     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
10442         GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
10443     //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn
10444
10445     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
10446     {
10447         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
10448     }
10449
10450     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10451     {
10452         CalcDimensions();
10453         Refresh();
10454     }
10455 }
10456
10457 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
10458 {
10459     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
10460     {
10461         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10462         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
10463     }
10464 }
10465
10466 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
10467 {
10468     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
10469     {
10470         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10471         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
10472     }
10473 }
10474
10475 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
10476 {
10477     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
10478     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
10479
10480     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10481 }
10482
10483 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
10484 {
10485     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
10486     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
10487
10488     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10489 }
10490
10491 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
10492 {
10493     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
10494     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
10495     if ( width >= 0 )
10496         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
10497 }
10498
10499 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
10500 {
10501     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
10502     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
10503     if ( height >= 0 )
10504         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
10505 }
10506
10507 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
10508 {
10509     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
10510 }
10511
10512 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
10513 {
10514     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
10515 }
10516
10517 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10518 // auto sizing
10519 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10520
10521 void
10522 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
10523 {
10524     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
10525
10526     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
10527
10528     // cancel editing of cell
10529     HideCellEditControl();
10530     SaveEditControlValue();
10531
10532     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
10533     int row = -1,
10534         col = -1;
10535     if ( column )
10536         col = colOrRow;
10537     else
10538         row = colOrRow;
10539
10540     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
10541     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10542     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
10543     {
10544         if ( column )
10545             row = rowOrCol;
10546         else
10547             col = rowOrCol;
10548
10549         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
10550         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
10551         if ( renderer )
10552         {
10553             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
10554             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
10555             if ( extent > extentMax )
10556                 extentMax = extent;
10557
10558             renderer->DecRef();
10559         }
10560
10561         attr->DecRef();
10562     }
10563
10564     // now also compare with the column label extent
10565     wxCoord w, h;
10566     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
10567
10568     if ( column )
10569     {
10570         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
10571         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
10572             w = h;
10573     }
10574     else
10575         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
10576
10577     extent = column ? w : h;
10578     if ( extent > extentMax )
10579         extentMax = extent;
10580
10581     if ( !extentMax )
10582     {
10583         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10584         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10585         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
10586     }
10587     else
10588     {
10589         if ( column )
10590             // leave some space around text
10591             extentMax += 10;
10592         else
10593             extentMax += 6;
10594     }
10595
10596     if ( column )
10597     {
10598         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
10599         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10600         // in SetColSize().
10601         if ( !setAsMin )
10602             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
10603
10604         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
10605         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10606         {
10607             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
10608             {
10609                 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
10610             }
10611             else
10612             {
10613                 int cw, ch, dummy;
10614                 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10615                 wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10616                 rect.y = 0;
10617                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10618                 rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10619                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10620                 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
10621             }
10622         }
10623     }
10624     else
10625     {
10626         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
10627         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
10628         // in SetRowSize().
10629         if ( !setAsMin )
10630             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
10631
10632         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10633         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10634         {
10635             int cw, ch, dummy;
10636             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10637             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10638             rect.x = 0;
10639             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10640             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10641             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10642             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10643         }
10644     }
10645
10646     if ( setAsMin )
10647     {
10648         if ( column )
10649             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10650         else
10651             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10652     }
10653 }
10654
10655 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
10656 {
10657     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
10658     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
10659
10660     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
10661                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
10662     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
10663
10664     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
10665     //
10666     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
10667     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
10668     const bool
10669         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
10670
10671     wxArrayString lines;
10672     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
10673
10674     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
10675     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
10676     {
10677         lines.Clear();
10678
10679         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
10680                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
10681         StringToLines(label, lines);
10682
10683         long w, h;
10684         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
10685
10686         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
10687         if ( extent > extentMax )
10688             extentMax = extent;
10689     }
10690
10691     if ( !extentMax )
10692     {
10693         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
10694         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
10695         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
10696                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
10697     }
10698
10699     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
10700     if ( calcRows )
10701         extentMax += 10;
10702     else
10703         extentMax += 6;
10704
10705     return extentMax;
10706 }
10707
10708 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10709 {
10710     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10711
10712     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10713     if(!calcOnly)
10714         locker.Create(this);
10715
10716     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10717     {
10718         if ( !calcOnly )
10719             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10720
10721         width += GetColWidth(col);
10722     }
10723
10724     return width;
10725 }
10726
10727 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10728 {
10729     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10730
10731     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
10732     if(!calcOnly)
10733         locker.Create(this);
10734
10735     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10736     {
10737         if ( !calcOnly )
10738             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10739
10740         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10741     }
10742
10743     return height;
10744 }
10745
10746 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10747 {
10748     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
10749
10750     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10751                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10752
10753     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
10754     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
10755     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
10756     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
10757
10758     // restore the scroll rate parameters overwritten by SetScrollbars()
10759     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
10760
10761     SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
10762 }
10763
10764 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10765 {
10766     // Hide the edit control, so it
10767     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10768     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10769     {
10770         HideCellEditControl();
10771         SaveEditControlValue();
10772     }
10773
10774     // autosize row height depending on label text
10775     SetRowSize(row, -1);
10776     ForceRefresh();
10777 }
10778
10779 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10780 {
10781     // Hide the edit control, so it
10782     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10783     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10784     {
10785         HideCellEditControl();
10786         SaveEditControlValue();
10787     }
10788
10789     // autosize column width depending on label text
10790     SetColSize(col, -1);
10791     ForceRefresh();
10792 }
10793
10794 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10795 {
10796     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10797
10798     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
10799     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
10800     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
10801                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
10802
10803     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10804     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10805     // calculation.
10806     // CacheBestSize(size);
10807
10808     return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
10809             + GetWindowBorderSize();
10810 }
10811
10812 void wxGrid::Fit()
10813 {
10814     AutoSize();
10815 }
10816
10817 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10818 {
10819     return wxNullPen;
10820 }
10821
10822 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10823 // cell value accessor functions
10824 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10825
10826 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10827 {
10828     if ( m_table )
10829     {
10830         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10831         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10832         {
10833             int dummy;
10834             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10835             rect.x = 0;
10836             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10837             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10838             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10839         }
10840
10841         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10842              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10843              IsCellEditControlShown())
10844              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10845              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10846              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10847         {
10848             HideCellEditControl();
10849             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10850         }
10851     }
10852 }
10853
10854 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10855 // block, row and column selection
10856 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10857
10858 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10859 {
10860     if ( !m_selection )
10861         return;
10862
10863     if ( !addToSelected )
10864         ClearSelection();
10865
10866     m_selection->SelectRow(row);
10867 }
10868
10869 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10870 {
10871     if ( !m_selection )
10872         return;
10873
10874     if ( !addToSelected )
10875         ClearSelection();
10876
10877     m_selection->SelectCol(col);
10878 }
10879
10880 void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10881                          bool addToSelected)
10882 {
10883     if ( !m_selection )
10884         return;
10885
10886     if ( !addToSelected )
10887         ClearSelection();
10888
10889     m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol);
10890 }
10891
10892 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10893 {
10894     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10895     {
10896         if ( m_selection )
10897             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10898     }
10899 }
10900
10901 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10902 // cell, row and col deselection
10903 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10904
10905 void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper)
10906 {
10907     if ( !m_selection )
10908         return;
10909
10910     const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
10911     if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() )
10912     {
10913         const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0));
10914         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
10915             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
10916     }
10917     else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() )
10918     {
10919         const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this);
10920         for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ )
10921         {
10922             const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i));
10923             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
10924                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
10925         }
10926     }
10927     //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction
10928     //      could have been selected anyhow
10929 }
10930
10931 void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row)
10932 {
10933     DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations());
10934 }
10935
10936 void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col)
10937 {
10938     DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations());
10939 }
10940
10941 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10942 {
10943     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10944         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10945 }
10946
10947 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
10948 {
10949     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10950              ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10951                m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10952 }
10953
10954 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10955 {
10956     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10957              ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10958                col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10959                row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10960                col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10961 }
10962
10963 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10964 {
10965     if (!m_selection)
10966     {
10967         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10968         return a;
10969     }
10970
10971     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10972 }
10973
10974 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10975 {
10976     if (!m_selection)
10977     {
10978         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10979         return a;
10980     }
10981
10982     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10983 }
10984
10985 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10986 {
10987     if (!m_selection)
10988     {
10989         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10990         return a;
10991     }
10992
10993     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10994 }
10995
10996 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10997 {
10998     if (!m_selection)
10999     {
11000         wxArrayInt a;
11001         return a;
11002     }
11003
11004     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
11005 }
11006
11007 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
11008 {
11009     if (!m_selection)
11010     {
11011         wxArrayInt a;
11012         return a;
11013     }
11014
11015     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
11016 }
11017
11018 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
11019 {
11020     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
11021                                   m_selectedBlockBottomRight);
11022     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords,
11023                                   m_selectedBlockCorner);
11024
11025     m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
11026     m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
11027     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
11028
11029     Refresh( false, &r1 );
11030     Refresh( false, &r2 );
11031
11032     if ( m_selection )
11033         m_selection->ClearSelection();
11034 }
11035
11036 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
11037 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
11038 //
11039 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11040                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
11041 {
11042     wxRect resultRect;
11043     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
11044     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11045     {
11046         resultRect = tempCellRect;
11047     }
11048     else
11049     {
11050         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
11051     }
11052
11053     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
11054     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
11055     {
11056         resultRect += tempCellRect;
11057     }
11058     else
11059     {
11060         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
11061         return wxGridNoCellRect;
11062     }
11063
11064     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
11065     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
11066     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
11067     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
11068     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
11069
11070     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
11071     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
11072     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
11073     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
11074
11075     if (left > right)
11076     {
11077         int tmp = left;
11078         left = right;
11079         right = tmp;
11080
11081         tmp = leftCol;
11082         leftCol = rightCol;
11083         rightCol = tmp;
11084     }
11085
11086     if (top > bottom)
11087     {
11088         int tmp = top;
11089         top = bottom;
11090         bottom = tmp;
11091
11092         tmp = topRow;
11093         topRow = bottomRow;
11094         bottomRow = tmp;
11095     }
11096
11097     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
11098     int cw, ch;
11099     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
11100
11101     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
11102     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
11103     int gridOriginX = 0;
11104     int gridOriginY = 0;
11105     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
11106
11107     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
11108     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
11109
11110     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
11111     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
11112
11113     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
11114     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
11115     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
11116     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
11117     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
11118     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
11119     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
11120     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
11121
11122     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
11123     {
11124         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
11125         {
11126             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
11127                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
11128             {
11129                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
11130
11131                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
11132                     left = tempCellRect.x;
11133                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
11134                     top = tempCellRect.y;
11135                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
11136                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
11137                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
11138                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
11139             }
11140             else
11141             {
11142                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
11143             }
11144         }
11145     }
11146
11147     // Convert to scrolled coords
11148     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
11149     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
11150
11151     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
11152         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
11153
11154     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
11155     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
11156     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
11157     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
11158
11159     return resultRect;
11160 }
11161
11162 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11163 // drop target
11164 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11165
11166 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11167
11168 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
11169 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
11170 {
11171     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
11172 }
11173
11174 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
11175
11176 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11177 // grid event classes
11178 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
11179
11180 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11181
11182 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11183                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
11184                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11185         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
11186           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
11187 {
11188     Init(row, col, x, y, sel);
11189
11190     SetEventObject(obj);
11191 }
11192
11193 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11194
11195 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11196                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
11197                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11198         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
11199           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
11200 {
11201     Init(rowOrCol, x, y);
11202
11203     SetEventObject(obj);
11204 }
11205
11206
11207 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
11208
11209 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
11210                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
11211                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
11212                                                bool sel, bool control,
11213                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
11214         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
11215           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
11216 {
11217     Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel);
11218
11219     SetEventObject(obj);
11220 }
11221
11222
11223 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
11224
11225 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
11226                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
11227                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
11228     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
11229 {
11230     SetEventObject(obj);
11231     m_row = row;
11232     m_col = col;
11233     m_ctrl = ctrl;
11234 }
11235
11236 #endif // wxUSE_GRID